OA20727A - Novel compounds and their use. - Google Patents

Novel compounds and their use. Download PDF

Info

Publication number
OA20727A
OA20727A OA1202200242 OA20727A OA 20727 A OA20727 A OA 20727A OA 1202200242 OA1202200242 OA 1202200242 OA 20727 A OA20727 A OA 20727A
Authority
OA
OAPI
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
methyl
alkylene
oxo
Prior art date
Application number
OA1202200242
Inventor
Vincent Gerusz
Juan Bravo
Heinz Pauls
Judd Berman
Terry Finn
Original Assignee
Debiopharm International S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Debiopharm International S.A. filed Critical Debiopharm International S.A.
Publication of OA20727A publication Critical patent/OA20727A/en

Links

Abstract

The present invention provides compounds of the general formula (I)

Description

The présent invention relates to antibiotic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising them, and to the use of these compounds and compositions for the treatment of bacterial infections. The invention further relates to methods of making said compounds of the invention.
Background ofthe Invention
Antibiotic résistance is rising to dangerously high levels in ail parts of the world, threatening our ability to effectively treat and prevent an ever-increasing range of infections. Accordingly, there is a need for the development of novel antibiotic compounds that may show activity in cases where established antibiotics fail.
Whilst ail types of bacteria (both Gram-negative and Gram-positive) are believed to hâve developed some measure of antibiotic résistance, certain bacterial species are more associated with antibiotic résistance than others e.g. Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus), Klebsiella pneumoniae (K. pneumoniae), Acinetobacter baumannii (A. baumannii) and Escherichia coli (E. coli]. Accordingly, there may be a particular need for novel antibiotic compound active against one or more of these species of bacteria.
A recently developed new class of antibiotics compounds are Fabl inhibitors. These compounds inhibit the NADH-dependent enoyl reductase (Fabl) from the type H bacterial fatty acid biosynthesis pathway (FAS-II), thereby providing an alternative approach for treating bacterial infections in cases where established antibiotics fail. Advantageously, this Fabl mode of action îs not expected to display any cross résistance to established antibiotics. However, whilst known Fabl inhibitor compounds can be extremely effective against some bacterial species, said compounds may not be active or may hâve inadéquate activity against other species such as S. aureus, E. coli, A. baumannii, and K. pneumoniae, and in particular the Gram-negative bacterial species E. coli, A. baumannii, and K. pneumoniae. This may be because of the challenge of penetrating both the outer and inner membranes of these Gram-negative bacteria, a challenge that can be further compounded by efflux. Accordingly, there is still a need for compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same that may show antibiotic activity (especially in cases where established antibiotics fail) against Gram-positive and/or Gram-negative bacteria, and especially against one or more of S. aureus, E. coli, K. pneumoniae and A. baumannii, and most especially E. coli, K. pneumoniae and A. baumannii. Furthermore, it is préférable that such compounds do not give rise to cross résistance to established antibiotics, and it is désirable that such compounds give rise to a low/acceptable rate of side effects.
It is an object of the invention to address one or more of these aforementioned needs. Further objectives and problems underlying the présent invention may become apparent from the subséquent description ofthe invention.
Summaryofthe Invention
Surprisingly the inventors hâve found that an objective ofthe invention may be accomplished by the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic uses thereof, and synthetic methods ofthe présent invention. The présent invention in partîcuiar includes the following items (representing the various aspects and embodiments):
1. A compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, sait and/or solvaté thereof, wherein
LHS is selected from the group consisting of LHSa and LHSb
LHSb wherein, the asterisk (*) marks the point of attachment;
Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, NH, and NRd;
Qi is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, NH and N-Cn-alkyl;
Rois selected from the group consisting of CH3 and Cl, or alternatively Ro together with R^form a heterocycle comprising the N to which Rm is attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which Rw is attached;
F Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, C1-4-alkyl, ORS, CN, NR5R6, CO-NR5R6, C1-4alkylene-NRjRe, Ci^-alkylene-OR5, NH-CO-Ci-4-alkylene-R5, NH-CO-NRsR6, NH-COORs.NHSO2-C1.4alkylene-Rg, C3.6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S, wherein said C1.4 -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, 5 or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, C1.4-alkyl, ORS, Ci.4-alkylene-0Rs, CN, NRsRs, CO-NRsRg, Ci^-alkylene-NRsRs, Cj-s -cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said C1-4 -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, C1.4-alkyl, O-C1-4alkyl, OH, NH2, NHC1.4. alkyl, and S-C1-4-alkyl;
R3a, Rîb and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Ci-4-alkyl, 15 O-Ci-4-alkyl, OH, NH2, NHCi-4alkyl, and S-C1.4-alkyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, C1-4-alkyl, ORS, CN, COR10, phenyl, OH, NH2, S-C1.4-alkyl, NR5R6, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S;
Re and R6 are independently selected from is selected from the group consisting of H, COR10, C1-4alkyl, Cj-6-cycloalkyl, SO2R7, phenyl, and a heterocyclicgroup having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R? is selected from the group consisting of H, F, I, Br, Cl, O, Ci-4-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, CONH2, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4-alkyl, NH-Cn-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2j NO2, CN, C24-alkynylene-OH, C2.4-alkynylene-NH2, SO2CH3 ,and O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH;
Rb and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, CN, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4-alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, NiC^-alkylJ^Cn-alkylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, Cw-alkylene-OH, and C1.4a1ky1ene-NH2;
Ru and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci-4-alkyl, CO-Ci.4-alkyl,
SO2(Ci.4-alkyl)i, C^-alkyl-F, Ci.4-alkyiene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2,or alternatively, Rn and Ri2 together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
Rijis selected from the group consisting of H or R<j;
R14isCH3, or alternatively Rw together with Roof LHSa or LHSbform a heterocycle comprising the N to which R14 is attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which R« is attached;
and,
Rd is selected from the group consisting of -POjRez, -CH2-OPO3Re2, wherein Re is selected from the group consisting of H and a cation suitable for forming a pharmaceutically acceptable sait.
2. A compound according to item 1 wherein LHS is LHSa.
3. A compound according to item 1 wherein IH5 is LHSb.
4. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 3 wherein Qi is selected from the group consisting of O or S.
5. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 4 wherein Rois CH3and Risis CH3.
6. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 4 wherein Rotogether with Ri4form a heterocycle comprising the N to which Ri4 is attached and having 5 to 8, preferably 7 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which R« is attached.
7. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 6 wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci.4-alkyl, ORS, CN, NR5R6, Ci-4-alkylene-NRsR6, CM-alkylene-OR5, NH-CO- Ci-4.alkylene-R5, NH-CO- NRsRe. NH-COOR3, NHSOi-Ci-A-alkylene-Rs, C3-6-cycle alkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Cm-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 Rt groups, and preferably wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Ci-4-alkyl,
OR$, NR5RS, CM-alkylene-NR5R6, Ci.4-alky1ene-OR5,C3.6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, wherein Rs, Re and R7 are as specified under item 1.
8. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 7 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Cm-alkyl, ORs, CM-alkylene-ORs. CN, NRSRS, Ci.4-alkylene-NRsR6, C3.6-cycloalkyl, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl and cycloalkyl may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, and preferably wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of Cm -alkyl, H, F, Cl, ORS, and NRsRe, wherein R5, Re and R? are as specified under item 1.
9. A compound according to anyone of items 1 to 8 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCm .alkyl, and preferably wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2.
10. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 9 wherein R3a, R3b and Rsc are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCi.4.alkyl, and preferably wherein Rsa, Rîu and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2.
11. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 10 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, ORS, COR10, OH, NHZ, and NRsR6,and wherein R4 is preferably selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORS, OH, NH2, and NRSRS.
12. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 11 wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, C2.4-alkenyl, C2.4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, 0-CM-alkyl, NH-CM-alkyl, N(CM-alkyl)2,CMalkylene-OH, CM-alkylene-NH2j and O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH, C2.4-alkynylene-OH, and C2.4-alkynylene-NH2 and preferably wherein R? is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, OH, NH2, 0-CMalkyl, NH-CM-alkyl, N(CM-alkyl)2rCM-alkylene-OH, and CM-alkylene-NH2.
13. A compound according to anyone of items 1 to 12 wherein Rg and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci.4-alkyl, CM-alkyl-F, 0-CM-alkyl, and preferably wherein Rs and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl.
14. A compound according to anyone of items 1 to 13 wherein Rioîs selected from the group consisting of H, CM-alkyl, CM-alkyl-F, and preferably wherein Rioîs selected from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl.
15. A compound according to anyone of items 1 to 14 wherein Ru and Ru are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci-4-alkyl, Cm-bIkyI-F, CM-alkylene-OH, and CM-alkylene-NH2, or alternatively, Ru and R12together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R7groups and wherein preferably Ru and Ru are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci.4-alkyl, wherein R? and Rd are as specified under item 1.
16. A compound according to anyone of items 1 to 15 wherein,
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, 8r, C1-4-alkyl, 0R5, NR5RÊ, CM-alkylene-NRsRe, Cm -alkylene-ORs, NH-CO- CM-alkylene-R5, NH-CO- NR5R6, NH-COORS, NHSO2-Ci-4-alkylene-R5,Cj.6cycloalkyl, wherein said Cm-alkyl and cycloalkyl, may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Cm-alkyl, ORs, C1-4-alkylene-OR5.CN, NRsR6, CM-a)ky1ene-NR5R6, C3.6-cycloalkyl, wherein said Cm-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCi.4.alkyl;
Rsa, R3b and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1-4 -alkyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, ORs, COR10, OH, NH2j and NRsRe;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, CM-alkyl, C2.4-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, 0-Cm* alkyl, NH-CM-alkyl, N(CM-alkyl)2,CM-alkylene-OH, and CM-alkylene-NH2, O-CM-alkylene-OH, C2.4alkynylene-OH, and C2.4-alkynylene-NH2;
Rs and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, CM-aikyl-F, and O-Ci4-alkyl;
R10is selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, and CM-alkyl-F;
and,
Rn and Ru are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci 4 aIkyI, Ci^-alkyl-F, Ci-4alkylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2, or alternative^, Rn and Rn together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms îndependently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms îndependently selected from N, O and 5, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, wherein Rs, Rs and Rd are as specified under item 1,
17. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 16 wherein
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Ci-4-alkyl, ORS, NR5Rs, Ci.4-alkylene-NR5Rs, Ci.4alkylene-ORs, C3-6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms îndependently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R: is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OR5, Ci-4-alkyl, and NRsRe;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R3a, Rïb and R3c are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, OH, NH2r and NR5RSi
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-atky1, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4-alkyl, NH-Ci.4-alkyl, N(Cb4alkyl)2rCi.4-a!ky)ene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2;
Rs and Rg are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, and Ci.4-alkyl;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, and Ci.4-alkyl;
and,
Rn and Ri2 are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci-4-alkyl, wherein R5 and Rs are as specified under item 1.
18. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 17 wherein Y is CH2.
19. A compound according to any one of items 1 or 18 wherein Y is NH.
20. A compound according to item 1 wherein
LUS is LHSa;
Y is CH2;
Q lis O or S and most preferably O;
Ro is CHa;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci-4-alkyl, ORs, NR5R6, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5R6, Ci-4 -alkylene-ORs, NH-CO- Ci-4.alkylene-R5, NH-CO- NRSR6, NH-COORS, NHSO2-C1-4.alkylene-Rs.C3.6cycloaikyl, wherein said Cu-alkyl and cycloalkyl, may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, C1-4-alkyl, ORS, NR5R6, Ci.4-alkylene-NRsR6, Ci-4alkylene-ORs, C3.s-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci-4-alkyl, ORS, C1.4-alkylene-ORs, CN, NRsRe, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5R6, Cï-6 -cycloalkyl, wherein said Ci-4 -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OR5, C1-4-alkyl, and NRsR6;
Rj is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1.4.alkyl and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, ORs, COR10, OH, NH2, and NRjRe, and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, OH, NH2, and NRsRe;
R? îs selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci.4-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl, C2.4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, MCi^alkylLC^-alkylene-OH, and CM-alkylene-NH2, O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH, C2.4alkynylene-OH, and C2-4-alkynylene-NH,and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, CV4-alkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4-alky), NH-Ci-4-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)21 Cw-alkylene-OH, and Cn-alkylene-NHz,
R0 and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci.4-alkyl, Cn-alkyl-F, and O-Ci4-alkyl, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, and Ci-4-alkyl-F, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Rn and Rn are independently seiected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci.4-alkyl, Ci.4-alkyl-F, C3.4alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2, or alternative^, Ru and Rutogether with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R? groups, and wherein preferably Rn and Rn are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci-4-alkyl;
and,
Rn is CH3, wherein Rs, Re and Rd are as specified under item 1.
21. A compound according to item 1 wherein
LHS is LHSb;
Yîs CH2:
Qi is O or S and most preferably O;
Ro is CH3;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci-4 -alkyl, OR$, NR5R6, Ci.4-alkylene-NR5R6, C1.4 -alkylene-ORs, NH-CO- Ci.4alkylene-Rs, NH-CO- NR5Rs,NH-COOR3,NHSO2-Ci.4-aikylene-R5jC3-6cycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 -alkyl and cycloalkyl, may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, CI, C1.4-alkyl, OR3, NR$Rê, Ci^-alkylene-NRsRs, C1-4alkylene-ORs, C3.s-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said C1.4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R3a, Rat» and R3e are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCi.4.a!kyl and preferably from H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci^-alkyl, C2.4-alkenyl, C2-4-atkynyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4alkyi, NH-Cn-alkyl, N{Ci.4-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene~NH2, O-Ci.4-a1kylene-OH, C2.4alkynylene-OH, and C2-4-alkynylene-NH, and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Ci.4-aIkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4-alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)2, Ci.4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2;
Rs and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cn-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, and O-Ci. 4-aikyl, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, and Ci.4-alkyl-F, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci.4-alkyl;
Ru and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, C1-4* a|ky|ene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2i or alternatively, Ru and Ri2together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spire group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R? groups, and wherein preferably Rn and Rî2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci.4-alkyt;
and,
R14 is CH3, wherein Rs, Re and Rd are as specified under item 1.
22. A compound according to item 1 wherein
LHS îs LHSa;
Y is NH or NRd and preferably NH;
Qi is O orS and most preferably O;
Ro is CH3;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, C1.4-alkyl, ORs, NRSRS, Cn-alkylene-NRjRe, C1-4 -alkylene-ORs, NH-CO- Ci-4-alkylene-R5, NH-CO- NRsRe, NH-COORs.NHSOi-Cn.alkylene-Rs.Cj-ecycloalkyl, wherein said C1.4-alkyl and cycloalkyl, may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, C1.4-alkyl, ORS, NRsRg, Cn-alkylene-NRsRs, C1.4alkylene-ORs, C3.6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and 5, wherein said C1.4 -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, C2.4-alkyl, ORS, Ci-a-alkylene-ORs, CN, NRsRe, Ci-4-alky1ene-NR5Rs, C3-6-cycloalkyl, wherein said C2.4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, Ci-4-alkyl, and NR5R6;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1.4.alkyl and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, ORs, COR10, OH, NH21 and NR5Re, and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, OH, NH2, and NRgRe;
R? is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cn-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)2,Ci.4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2, O-Ci.4-alkylene-OH, C2-4alkynylene-OH, and C2.4-alkynylene-NHrand preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci^-alkyl, NH-Ci.o-alkyt, N(Ci-4-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2,
Rg and R? are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci.4-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, and O-Ci4-alkyl, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, Cw-alkyl, and Cr4-alkyl-F, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Rn and Ru are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rj, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci.4-alkyl-F, Cmalkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2, or alternatively, Rn and Riztogether with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R? groups, and wherein preferably R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci.4-alkyl;
and,
R14 is CH3, wherein Rs, Rs and Rd are as specified under item 1.
23. A compound according to item 1 wherein
LHS is LHSb:
Y îs NH or NRd and preferably NH;
Qi is O or S and most preferably O;
Ro is CH3;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, C1.4-alkyl, ORS, NR5R6, Ci-4-alkylene-NR$Rs, Cm -alkylene-ORs, NH-CO- Ci^alkylene-Rs, NH-CO- NR5R6, NH-COORS, NHSO2-C1.4 .alkylene-RSj C3-e cycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl and cycloalkyl, may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R?groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, C1.4-alkyl, OR5, NRsRe, Ci^-alkyiene-NRsRg, Ci.4alkylene-ORsrC3-6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci 4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, C1.4 -alkyl, OR5, Ci-4-alkylene-ORs,CN, NRjRe, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5R6, C3.6-cycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OR5, Ci-4-alkyl, and NRSR6;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1-4 alkyl and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, ORS, CORw, OH, NH2, and NRsRe, and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, OH, NH2, and NR5R6;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, C2.4-alkenyl, C2.4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, O-C1.4alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)2j Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2, O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH, C2-4alkynylene-OH, and C2.4-alkynylene-NH,and preferably from the group consisting of H, F, Ci.4-alkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4-alkyl, NH-Ci-4-a)kyl, N(Ci^-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-alkylene-NH2:
Rs and Rs are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, and O-Ci4-alkyl, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
Rie is selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyi, and Ci.4-alkyl-F, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci.4-alkyl;
Ru and Riî are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, CM-alkyl, Ci.4-alkyl-F, Ci-4alkylene-OH, and CM-alkylene-NHj,or alternatively, Ru and Ri2 together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R? groups, and wherein preferably Ru and Riz are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci.4-a1kyl; and,
Ri4 is CH3, wherein Rs, Re and Rd are as specified under item 1.
24. A compound according to item 1 selected from the group consisting of (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-Amîno-2methyt-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-((7-afnino-2methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide, (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-amino-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4)diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-({3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide, E)-3-(3-acetamido-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8y!)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methy!)acrylamide, (S,E)-N-methyl-N-((2methylbenzofu ran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl}-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrolH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yt)acrylamide, E}-3-((R)-3-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)-4-oxo2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamîde, and (S,E)-3-(3-amino-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methyfbenzofuran-24)methyl)acrylamide, and any pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, salts and/or solvatés of any of the foregoing.
25. A compound according to item 1 selected from the group consisting of (E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide,(E)-3-{7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl}-N-methyl· N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-y1)methyl)acry)amide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yi)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide7-(E)-3-(7(dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-(dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyπdo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl·N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acry^amide, (S,E)-3-(7amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-3-yl}-N-((7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amîno-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin3-yl)-N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-
6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2yl)methyl)acrylamide7-(S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl}methyl)-N-methylacrylamide7-(S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yJ)-N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepln-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methyl·5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamider(E}-3-((S)-7-amino-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4-{((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)oxy)-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide;-(S,E)-3-(7-annino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methyl-4-((pyndin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide^(S,E)-N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyl·3-(7morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acryfamide, (E)-N-methyl-N-((2methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b)azepin3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-N-methyi-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yt)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(7-oxa-2azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-3-(7-(l,lDioxidothiomorpholino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyi-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, (E)-N-Methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yi)methyl)-3-(8oxo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-N-Methyl-N((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(7-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, S,E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7~(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, ((S,E)-3-(7-(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-{(3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide, {E)-N-((7-Amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(8-oxo-7(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (S,E)-N-((7-amino-2methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-amino~8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)N-methylacrylamide, and (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yt)-N-methyl-N-((3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, and any pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, salts and/or solvatés thereof.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according as defined in any any preceding item (1 to 25}.
27. A compound or composition according to any preceding item (1-26) for use in a method of therapy.
28. A compound or composition for use according to item 27 wherein the method of therapy is a method of treating a bacterial infection.
29, A compound or composition for use according to item 28 wherein the bacterial infection is associated with one or more of bacteria selected from the group consisting of S. oureus, E. coli, K. pneumonîae and A. baumannii.
30. A compound or composition for use according to item 28 or 29 wherein the bacterial infection is associated with A. baumanniiand is preferably pneumonia and most preferably nosocomial pneumonia.
31. A method for producing a compound as defined in anyone of items 1 to 25 wherein said method is selected from a first variant that comprises the step of coupling a precursor compound of formula Ml or Ml'
Ml
ΜΓ wherein X represents a leaving group, which is preferably selected from a hydroxyi group, a tosylate group, a triflate group, a mesyîate group, iodide, bromide, chloride, methoxy, and ethoxy, and Pg represents a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, and wherein Rn and Rn may be a group as defined in any ofthe claims or items disclosed herein with respect to Ru and Ri2 or may be such a defined group that also comprises a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, with an amine compound of formula M2a or M2b, as appropriate
wherein Y, Qi, and ail R groups hâve the same meanings as specified in items 1 to 19;
and a second variant that comprises the step of coupling a compound of formula M6 or M6'
wherein Ru and Ri2 may be a group as defined in any of the daims or items disclosed herein with respect to Rn and R12 or may be such a defined group that also comprises a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group,
M6 M6' with a compound of formula M7a or M7b, as appropriate
M7a M7b wherein Y, Qi and ail R groups hâve the same meaning as specified in any one of items 1 to 23.
Detailed Description of the Invention Brief Description of Figures
Figure 1: Change logCFU per g in the mouse thigh model of Example 35 for the indicated dose regimens and treatment durations following SC administration ofthe test articles. Long horizontal lines show the 15 mean, and the shorter horizontal lines show the standard déviation.
Figure 2: Change logCFU per g lung in the mouse lung model of Example 35forthe indicated dose regimens and treatment durations following SC administration of the test articles. Long horizontal lines show the mean, and the shorter horizontal lines show the standard déviation.
Définitions
The following définitions are provided to assist the reader. Unless otherwise defined, ail terms of art, notations, and other scientific or medical terms or terminology used herein are intended to hâve the meanings commonly understood by those of skill in the chemical and medical arts. In some cases, terms with commonly understood meanings are defined herein for clarity and/or for ready reference, and the inclusion of such définitions herein should not be construed as representing a substantial différence over the définition of the term as generally understood m the art.
In some embodiments, the term about” refers to a déviation of ± 10 % from the recited value. When the word “about is used herein in reference to a number, it should be understood that still another embodiment of the invention includes that number not modified by the presence of the word “about “Administering or administration of a drug to a patient (and grammatical équivalents of this phrase) refers to direct administration, which may be administration to a patient by a medical professional or may be self-administration, and/or indirect administration, which may be the act of prescribing a drug. E.g., a physician who instructs a patient to self-administer a drug or provides a patient with a prescription for a drug is administering the drug to the patient.
Dose and dosage refer to a spécifie amount of active or therapeutic agents for administration. Such amounts are included in a dosage form, which refers to physically discrète units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active agent calculated to produce the desired onset, tolerability, and therapeutic effects, in association with one or more suitable pharmaceutical excipients such as carriers.
The terms “treatment and therapy, as used in the présent application, refer to a set of hygienic, pharmacological, surgirai and/or physical means used with the intent to cure and/or alleviate a disease and/or symptoms with the goal of remediating the health problem. The terms treatment and therap/' include préventive and curative methods, since both are directed to the maintenance and/or reestablishment of the health of an individual or animal. Regardless of the origin of the symptoms, disease and disabîlity, the administration of a suitable médicament to alleviate and/or cure a health problem should be interpreted as a form of treatment or therapy within the context of this application.
“Unit dosage form as used herein refers to a physically discrète unit of therapeutic formulation appropriate for the subject to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compositions of the présent invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The spécifie effective dose level for any partîcular subject or organism will dépend upon a variety of factors including the dîsorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; activity of spécifie active agent employed; spécifie composition employed; âge, body weight, general health, sexand diet ofthe subject; time of administration, and rate of excrétion of the spécifie active agent employed; duration of the treatment; drugs and/or additional thérapies used in combination or coincidental with spécifie compound(s) employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
“ The articles a and an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object ofthe article. By way of example, an element” means one element or more than one element.
The term including is used to mean including but not llmited to. Including” and including but not 5 limitée! to” are used interchangeably. Theterm comprising is used to hâve the same meaning as including. The term consisting of” is used to indicate that the listed eîement(s) is/are présent but no other unmentioned éléments. The term comprising is used to include the meaning of consisting of as a preferred embodiment.
The term Fabl is art-recognized and refers to the bacterial enzyme believed to function as an enoyl10 acyl carrier protein (ACP) reductase in the final step of the four reactions invoived in each cycle of bacterial fatty acid biosynthesis. This enzyme is believed to be widely distributed in bacteria and plants.
The term enzyme inhibitor refers to any compound that prevents an enzyme from effectively carrying out its respective biochemical rôles. Therefore a Fabl inhibitor is any compound that inhîbits Fabl from carrying out its biochemical rôle, The amount of inhibition ofthe enzyme by any such compound will 15 vary and is described herein and elsewhere.
The term antibiotic agent or antibacterial agent shall mean any drug that is useful in treating, preventing, or otherwise reducing the severity of any bacterial disorder, or any complications thereof, including any of the conditions, disease, or complications arisîng therefrom and/or described herein. Antibiotic agents include, for example, cephalosporins, quinolones and fluoroquinolones, penicillins and 20 beta lactamase inhibitors, carbapenems, monobactams, macrolides and lincosamides, glycopeptides, rifampin, oxazolidinones, tetra cyclines, aminoglycosides, streptogramins, sulfonamîdes, and the like. Other antibiotic or antibacterial agents are disclosed herein, and are known to those of skill in the art. In certain embodiments, the term antibiotic agent does not include an agent that is a Fabl inhibitor, so that the combinations of the présent invention in certain instances will include one agent that is a Fabl 25 inhibitor and another agent that is not.
The term drug as used herein refers to any substance falling within at least one ofthe définitions given in Article 1, Items 2(a), 2(b) or 3a. of Directive 2001/83/EC of November 6, 2001 in the version of November 16, 2012 or in Article 1, Items 2(a) or 2(b) of Directive 2001/82/EC of November 6, 2001 in the version of August 7, 2009 and in Article 2 of Régulation (EC) No. 726/2004 of March 31, 2004.
The term ilfness as used herein refers to any illness caused by or related to infection by an organism.
The term bacterial illness” as used herein refers to any illness caused by or related to infection by bacteria.
The term cis is art-recognized and refers tothe arrangement of two atoms or groups around a double bond such that the atoms or groups are on the same side ofthe double bond. Cis configurations are often labeled as (Z) configurations.
The term trans is art-recognized and refers to the arrangement of two atoms or groups around a double bond such that the atoms or groups are on the opposite sides of a double bond. Trans configurations are often labeled as (f) configurations.
The term therapeutic effect is art-recognized and refers to a local or systemic effect in animais, partîcularly mammals, and more partîcularly humans caused by a pharmacologically active substance. The term thus means any measurable effect in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment or prévention of disease or in the enhancement of désirable physical or mental development and/or conditions in an animal or human. The phrase therapeutically-effective amount means that amount of such a substance that produces some desired local or systemic effect at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any treatment. The therapeutically effective amount of such substance will vary depending upon the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and âge ofthe subject, the severity ofthe disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, certain compositions of the présent invention may be administered in a sufficient amount to produce a at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to such treatment.
The term chiral is art-recognized and refers to molécules which hâve the property of nonsuperimposability ofthe mirror image partner, while the term achiral refers to molécules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner. A prochiral molécule is a molécule which has the potential to be converted to a chiral molécule in a particular process.
The compounds ofthe disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as géométrie isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. The enantiomer and diastereomers may be designated by the symbols (+), R or S, depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom, but the skilled artisan will recognîze that a structure may dénoté one or more chiral centers implicitly. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated (±) in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognîze that a structure may dénoté a chiral center implicitly. Géométrie isomers, resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring, can also exist in the compounds ofthe présent invention.
The symbol dénotés a bond that may be a single, double or triple bond as described herein.
Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the Z or E configuration wherein the terms Z and E are used in accordance with IUPAC standards. Unless otherwise specified, structures depicting double bonds encompass both the E and “Z isomers. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond alternatively can be referred to as cis or trans, where cis” représenta substituents on the same side ofthe double bond and trans represents substituents on opposite sides ofthe double bond. The arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring can also be designated as cis or trans. The term cis represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term trans represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane ofthe ring. Mixtures of compounds wherein the substituents are disposed on both the same and opposite sides of plane ofthe ring are designated cis/trans or Z/E.
The term stereoisomers when used herein consist of ail géométrie isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. The présent invention encompasses various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof. Conformational isomers and rota mers of disclosed compounds are also contemplated.
The term ICSO îs art-recognised and refers to the effectiveness of a substance in inhibiting a given biological or biochemical process (or component of a process, i.e. an enzyme, cell, cell receptor or microorganism). IC50 represents the concentration of a drug e.g. a compound ofthe invention, that is required for 50% inhibition in vitro.
The term MIC is art-recognised and refers to the Minimum Inhibitory Concentration, that is the lowest concentration of an antimicrobial that will inhibit the visible growth of a microorganism following overnight incubation, usually reported as mg/L or pg/mL.
The term antimicrobial is art-recognized and refers to the ability of the compounds disclosed herein to prevent, inhibit or destroy the growth of microbes such as bacteria, fungi, protozoa and viruses.
The term antibacterial is art-recognized and refers to the ability of the compounds disclosed herein to prevent, inhibit or destroy the growth of microbes of bacteria.
The term microbe is art-recognized and refers to a microscopie organism. In certain embodiments the term microbe is applied to bacteria. In other embodiments the term refers to pathogenic forms of a microscopie organism.
The term alkyl as used herein refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon, such as a straight or branched group of 1-8 or 1-6 carbon atoms referred to herein as Ci-Csalkyl, or Ci-Cealkyl, respectively. The term lower alkyl as used herein specifically refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon, such as a straight or branched group of 1-4 or 1-3 carbon atoms, referred to herein as Ci-C4alkyl, and Ci-Cjalkyl, respectively. Exemplary alkyl groups and lower alkyl grous include,
but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, Z-methyM-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl1-butyl, 3-methyl-l-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l-propyl, 2-methyl-l-pentyl, 3-methyl-lpentyl, 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-lbutyl, 3,3-dimethyl-l-butyl, 2-ethyl-l-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyi, neopentyl, and hexyl.
Moreover, the term alkyl (or lower alkyl) includes also divalent saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon groups, which are sometimes referred to as alkanediyl groups or alkylene groups. The term alkyl not only covers unsubstituted groups but also substituted alkyls, i.e. it should be understood as optionally carrying one or more substituents at one or more positions. That is, it refers also to alkyl moieties having one or more (e.g. two, three, four, five, six, etc.) substituents, each replacing a hydrogen on a carbon ofthe hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents may include, for example, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl group (wherein the carbonyi group carries a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or another group as defined in this paragraph, such as to yield a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl group), a thiocarbonyl-containing group (wherein the carbonyl group carries a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or another group as defined in this paragraph, such as to yield a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, a phosphate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, a cycloalkyl, a heterocycle or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. In ail instances, wherein the above-mentioned groups hâve more than one valency, the further free valency can be saturated by a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. tt will further be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain may themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate, phosphinate and phosphate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as welt as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldéhydes, carboxylates, and esters), nitrile and isonitrile. For the avoidance of doubt, an alkyl group carrying another alkyl group should not be regarded as an alkyl group substituted with another alkyl group, but as a single branched alkyl group.
The term alkylene is art-recognized and refers to a group corresponding to the alkyl group defined above, but having two free vaiencies. The alkylene group is sometimes also referred to as alkanediyl group.
The term alkenyl is art-recognized and refers to a group corresponding to the alkyl group defined above, but carrying one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Of course, the total number of double bonds is restricted by the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group and in order to allow for at least
one double bond, the alkenyl group must hâve at least two carbon atoms. Except for this différence, the définitions and characterizations given for the alkyl group above apply equally to the alkenyl group.
The term alkynyl·' is art-recognized and refers to a group corresponding to the alkyl group defined above, but carrying one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Of course, the total number of double bonds is restricted by the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group and in order to allow for at least one triple bond, the alkynyl group must hâve at least two carbon atoms. Except for this différence, the définitions and characterizations given for the alkyl group above apply equally to the alkynyl group.
The term aryl is art-recognized and refers to 5- or 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that can be pure aromatic carbocycles or may include from zéro to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazoie, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as heteroaryl or heteroaromatics. The aromatic ring may be unsubstituted or substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino, nitro, suifhydryI, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldéhyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CFî, -CN, or the like. The term aryl also includes polycyclic ring Systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are fused rings} wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic as defined above, while there is no particular restriction regarding the fused further ring or rings, which may for instance be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
The term aralkyl or arylalkyl is art-recognized and refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
The term carbocycle is art-recognized and refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
The term cycloalkyl as used herein refers to a monocyclic saturated or partically unsatured alkyl or alkenyl group of for exampîe 3-6, or 4-6 carbons, referred to herein, e.g., as Cs-ecycloalkyl or C4 6cycloalkyl, and derived from a cycloalkane. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include, but are not lîmited to, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclopentane, cyclobutane, cyclopropane or cyclopentene. Said cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted at one or more positions with one or more substituents as described above.
The terms halogen as used herein refer to F, Cl, Br, or I. Halîde désignâtes the corresponding anion of the halogens.
The term amino as used herein refers to any group ofthe general structure -NRaRb, wherein, unless specified otherwise, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic groups, as well as any other substituent group listed above with respect to the scope of substituted alkyl groups, with the exception of carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, imine groups, and substituent groups in which attachment to the remaining molécule is via a heteroatom selected from N, O, S and P. Alternatively, Ra and Rb may represent hydrocarbon groups that are linked to form a heterocycle together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached.
The term heteroaryl as used herein refers to a monocyclic aromatic 5-6 membered ring system containing one or more heteroatoms, for example one to three heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Where possible, said heteroaryl ring may be linked to the adjacent radical through carbon or nitrogen. Examples of heteroaryl rings include but are not limited to furan, benzofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, thiazole, oxazole, isothiazole, isoxazoie, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridîne, and pyrimidine. Said heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents as described for the aryl group above. The term heteroaryl also includes poiycyclic ring Systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons or heteroatoms are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are fused rings) wherein at least one of the rings is a heteroaryl as defined above whereas the other cyclic rings may be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aromatic rings and/or saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycles.
The term heterocycle as used herein refers to a monocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms, for example one to three heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The remaining ring members are formed by carbon atoms. The heterocycle typically has 4 to 8 ring members and preferably 5 or 6 ring members. Unless specified otherwise, a heterocycle may be aromatic, partially or fully saturated. Unless specified otherwise, it may or may not contain permissible substituents as specified herein.
The term heterocyclic spiro as used herein refers to a spirocyclic ring structure e.g. a bicyclic structure containing one or more heteroatoms, for exampte one to three heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The remaining ring members are formed by carbon atoms. The heterocyclic spiro typically has 7 to 11 ring members and preferably 7 or 9 ring members. Unless specified otherwise, a heterocyclic spiro may be partially or fully saturated. Unless specified otherwise, it may or may not contain permissible substituents as specified herein.
The terms hydroxy and hydroxyi as used herein refer to the radical -OH.
The term nitro is art-recognized and refers to -NO2; the term sulfhydryl is art-recognized and refers to -SH; and the term sulfonyl is art-recognized and refers to -S02-.
The définition of each expression, when it occurs more than once in any structure, is intended to be independent of its définition elsewhere in the same structure.
The terms triflyl, tosyi, mesyl, and nonaflyl are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and nonafluorobutanesulfonyl groups, respectively. The terms trifiate, tosylate, mesylate, and nonaflate are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate functional groups and molécules that contain said groups, respectively.
The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Tf, Nf, Ts, and Ms represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethanesulfonyl, nonafluorobutanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl and methanesulfonyl, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skil I in the art appears in the first issue of each volume ofthe Journal of Organic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations.
The term prodrug refers to a dérivative of an active compound (drug) that undergoes a transformation under the conditions of use, such as within the body, to release the active drug. Prodrugs are frequently, but not necessarily, pharmacologically inactive until converted into the active drug.
It will be understood that substitution or substituted with includes the împlicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cydization, élimination, or other reaction,
The term substituted” is also contemplated to include ail permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein above, e.g. in connection with substituted alkyls. The permissible substituents may be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may hâve hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. In this context, the term permissible substituents” means any substituent that can be bonded to the core molécule without contravening general principles of Chemical bond formation such as the maximum number of valence électrons for an atom of interest, and without making the compound so toxic for the patient that inacceptable toxicity is found even at the minimum dosage required for achieving a therapeutic effect.
For purposes of this invention, the Chemical éléments are identified in accordance with the Periodic
Table ofthe Eléments, CAS version, Handbookof Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover, Also for purposes ofthe disclosure, the term hydrocarbon is contemplated to include ail permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocycllc and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic organic compounds that may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term pharmaceutically-acceptable salts is art-recognized and refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts, or inorganic or organic base addition salts of compounds, including, for example, those contained in compositions ofthe présent invention, and including those présent in other approved drugs (wherein approval may be by any competent authority in the EU, USA, CA, JP, CN or KR at date up to the effective date ofthe présent application).
The term treating includes any significant effect, e.g., lessening, reducing, modulating, or eliminating, that resuits in the improvement ofthe condition, disease, disorder and the like.
The term prophylactic or therapeutic treatment is art-recognized and refers to administration to the host of one or more ofthe subject compositions. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g,, disease or other unwanted State of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic, I.e,, it protects the host against developingthe unwanted condition, whereas if administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate or maintain the exîsting unwanted condition or side effects therefrom).
A patient, subject or host to be treated by the subject method may mean either a human or nonhuman animal, Non-human animais include companion animais (e.g, cats, dogs) and animais raised for consumption (i.e, food animais), such as cows, pigs, chickens. Non-human animais are preferably mammals.
The term mammal is known in the art, and exemplary mammals include humans, primates, bovines, porcines, canines, fefines, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats).
The term bioavai labié is art-recognized and refers to a form ofthe subject disclosure that allows for it, or a portion ofthe amount administered, to be absorbed by, incorporated to, or otherwise physiologically available to a subject or patient to whom it is administered.
The term pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is art-recognized and refers to a pharmaceuticallyacceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any subject composition or component thereof from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the subject composition and its
components and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as dextrose, lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch as well as starch dérivatives such as cyclodextrins and modified cyclodextrins including preferably (2-hydroxypropyl)-p-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether^cyclodextrin; (3) cellulose, and its dérivatives, such as microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) matrix-forming polymeric excipients such as polyvinyl pyrrolidine (PVP), e.g. PVP K30, acrylic polymers and co-polymers such as the different grades of Eudragit and preferably Eurdragit L100, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), other copolymers such as polyethylene glycol-based copolymers like Soluplus; (9) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (10) olls, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (il) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (12) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (13) esters, such as ethyl oleate, glyceryl behenate and ethyl laurate; (14) agar; (15) buffering agents, such as magnésium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (16) alginic acid; (17) pyrogen-free water; (18) isotonie saline; (19) RingeFs solution; (20) ethyl alcohol; (21) phosphate buffer solutions; and (22) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. The disclosed excipients may serve more than one fonction. For example, fillers or binders may also be disintegrants, glidants, anti-adherents, lubricants, sweeteners and the Hke.
The term solvent is used herein to mean a liquid Chemical substance that is capable of dissolving a significant quantity of another substance of interest, the soluté, to thereby ge ne rate a clear homogeneous solution. The term significant quantity is determined by the intended use of the solution in such a manner that the intended use must be possible by the dissolved quantity of the soluté. For instance, if it is intended to administer a compound of the présent invention in the form of a solution by injection, the solvent must be capable of dissolving the compound in such amounts, to make administration of a therapeutic dose possible.
The terms acid and base are used to hâve their conventional meanings as proton donators and proton acceptors, respectively (i.e. Broensted acids and bases). A strong base is meant to be any base having a basicity of t-BuOK in THF or stronger. A mild acid is meant to be any acid having acidity of IM H2SO4 or weaker.
Unless specified otherwise, ait reactions described herein are carried out at reaction températures that yield the desired target compound and that provide a reasonable compromise between reaction rate and selectlvity. Typical reaction températures for Pd-based coupling réactions and Fe-based cyclization reactions are SO’C to 90°C while removal of protecting groups is typically accomplished at a température of from 0°Cto room température (25“C).
Unless specified otherwise, ali indications in dépendent claims that variable groups are the same as specified for the compound of formula 1 and its spécifie embodiments of formulae la and Ib, are to be understood such that the more spécifie meanings described for these variable groups in other dépendent claims, are also possible and even preferred. The same applies to the description of meanings of variable groups in the general description. It is particularly preferred to rely on a combination of meanings for the different variable groups, wherein two, three or more and ideally ail of these meanings are individually described as being preferred.
Unless specified otherwise, the term protective group is used herein to characterize a group that is bonded to a functional group to prevent this functional group from participating in a contemplated Chemical reaction. The protective group must be inert under the conditions of the contemplated Chemical réaction, but it must be possible to remove the protetive group from the compound such that no further transformations take place in other parts of the molécule. Suitable protective groups are described for each functional group in Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Peter G. M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, John Wiley & Sons, 20 Dec 2012.
OverView
Surprisingly, it has been found that antibacterial activity against Gram-positive and/or Gram-negative bacteria, and more specifically S. aureus, E. coli, K. pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii, may be accomplished with a compound of formula (I) as described herein. It has also surprisingly been found that a compound ofthe présent invention may hâve a low MIC with respect to Gram-positive and/or Gram-negative bacteria and more specifically S. aureus, E. coli, K. pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii, indicating that a compound of formula (I) may not only be effective against these types of bacteria, but may also be effective în low dosages which can thereby minimize side effects. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors belîeve that the compounds of the invention may work through the mechanism of Fabl inhibition and, with respect to previous générations of Fabl inhibitor compounds and Gram-negative bacteria such as A. baumannii, E. coli, K. pneumoniae, may be better able to penetrate the cytoplasm of such bacteria and or may be less prone to efflux from said bacteria and/or may be more potent.
Compounds ofthe Invention
The compounds ofthe présent invention are represented by the following general formula I
LHS
(D wherein LHS represents the left-hand-side moiety, which may be selected from LHSa and LHSb as shown below
LHSa
LHSB wherein the asterisk (*) marks the point of attachment ofthe remainder ofthe molécule, such that the following two familles of compounds of formulae la and Ib are covered:
(la)
(lb)
Meanings of the variable groups (Y, Qi, and Ro to Ris) are specified herein e.g. in the daims, and in items set out in the summary ofthe invention. The compounds ofthe invention may also be pharmaceutically 5 acceptable prodrugs, salts and/or solvatés of these compoudns of formula (I).
Unless expressly specified otherwise, the présent disclosure contemplâtes ail such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (d)-isomers, (l)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope ofthe invention. However, the carbon-carbon double bond between the pyridine ring and the amide group in the center ofthe molécule must be in trans configuration, as shown in the above formulae. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be présent în a substituent such as an alkyl group. AH such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound disclosed herein is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by dérivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers. Alternatively, where the molécule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts are formed with an appropriate optically-active acid or base, followed by resolution ofthe diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographie means well known in the art, and subséquent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Moreover, individuaI enantiomers and diastereomers of compounds of the présent invention can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials that contain asymmetric or stereogenic centers, or by préparation of racemic mixtures followed by résolution methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, séparation ofthe resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and libération ofthe optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) sait formation employing an optically active resolving agent, (3) direct séparation ofthe mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral liquid chromatographie columns or (4) kinetic resolution using stereoselective chemical or enzymatic reagents. Racemic mixtures can also be resolved into their component enantiomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography or
crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Stereoselective synthèses, a Chemical or enzymatic reaction in which a single reactant forms an unequal mixture of stereoisomers during the création of a new stereocenter or during the transformation of a pre-existing one, are well known in the art.
Stereoselective synthèses encompass both enantio- and diastereoselective transformations. For examples, see Carreira and Kvaerno, Classics in Stereoselective Synthesis, Wiley-VCH: Weinheim, 2009.
The invention also embraces isotopîcally Jabeled compounds ofthe invention which are as recited herein, except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usuallyfound in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds ofthe invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 1SO, 170,31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36CI, respectively. For example, a compound ofthe invention may hâve one or more H atom replaced with deuterium.
Certain isotopically-labeled disclosed compounds (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of préparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopîcally labeled compounds ofthe invention can generaliy be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the e.g., Examples herein by substituting an isotopîcally labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
Prodrugs
Prodrugs ofthe présent invention contain at least one prodrug moiety, i.e. a moiety that is cleaved under physiologie conditions to thereby release the active species. Such prodrug moieties may be attached to the compounds ofthe présent invention in all positions showing sufficient reactivity for example a Ru may be a prodrug moiety or there may be a prodrug moiety attached to Y if Y is N.
Salts, Solvatés, Polymorphs
The compounds of the présent invention may be used in the free form or, alternatively, in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Acid addition salts are particularly suitable. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts that can be used in the présent invention are well-known to the skilled person and are disclosed, for instance, in S. M. Berge et al., J. Pharm. Set, 1977, 66, 1,1-19; R. J. Bastin, et al., Org. Proc. Res. Dev., 2000, 4, 427-435; and P. H. Stahl, C. G. Wermuth, Eds. Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Sélection, and Use, 2nd Ed. Wiley-VCH, 2011. Particularly effective salts may be hydrochloride salts e.g. hydrochloride or dihydrochloride salts, or fluoroacetate salts e.g. trifluoroacetate salts.
The prodrugs of the présent invention may also be provided in the free form or in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable are pharmaceutically acceptable salts well-known to the skilled person, e.g. as described in the literature cited above.
The compounds ofthe invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as in solvated form with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, éthanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
The compounds ofthe invention may exist in single or multiple crystalline forms or polymorphs. In one embodiment, the compound is amorphous. In one embodiment, the compound is a single polymorph. In another embodiment, the compound is a mixture of polymorphs. In another embodiment, the compound is in a crystalline form.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
Compounds ofthe présent invention may be comprised in pharmaceutical compositions. Said pharmaceutical compositions ofthe disclosure may be administered by various means and may take any appropriate form of formulation, depending on their intended use, as is well known in the art. For example, if compositions ofthe disclosure are to be administered orally, they may beformulated as tablets, capsules, granules, powders or syrups. Alternatively, compositions disclosed herein may be administered parenterally and formulated as injections/injectables (intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous), drop infusion préparations or suppositories. For application by the ophthalmic mucous membrane route, the compositions disclosed herein may be formulated as eye drops or eye ointments. The compositions may comprise any conventional additive, such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent. Wettlng agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnésium stéarate, as well as coloring agents, reiease agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants may also be comprised in the compositions.
In the compositions of the invention, additives may serve more than one function. For example, fiIlers or binders may also be disintegrants, glidants, anti-adherents, lubricants, sweeteners and the like.
The compositions may be prepared by any conventional means, which may dépend on the type of formulation in question e.g. ta blet, injection etc. The composition may comprise any conventional excipient and/or additive e.g. one or more of those set out above.
The compositions may be formulated to be suitable for oral, nasal (e.g. by inhalation by formulating a dry powder formulation or a nebulized formulation), rectal, vaginal, aérosol and/or parenterai (e.g., by injection, for example, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection)
administration. Said compositions may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of a compound disclosed herein that may be combined with an excipient e.g. carrier material to produce a single dose may vary depending upon the identity of the compound, the subject being treated, and the partîcular mode of administration.
As stated previously, the compositions ofthe invention may be prepared by any conventional means, said conventional means may dépend on the desired form ofthe composition e.g. tablet, injection/injectable. Methods of preparing the compositions of the invention may include the step of bringîng into association a composition of the disclosure with a carrier and, optionally, one or more additional additive ingrédient. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringîng into association compound of the invention with liquid carriers, orfinely divîded solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Composition for the invention formulated to be suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid émulsion, or as an élixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia), each containing a predetermined amount of a subject composition thereof as an active ingrédient. Compositions of the disclosure may also be administered as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
In solid dosage forms for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the subject composition may be mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients selected from: (l)fillers or extenders, such as starches, dextrose, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) bînders, such as, for example, celluloses (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) and carboxymethylcellulose), alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as croscarmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethy) starch (sodium starch glycolate), crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (crospovidone), gelian gum, xanthan gum, agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid and sodium alginate, certain silicates and especially calcium silicate, and sodium carbonate; (5) dissolution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such as talc, calcium stéarate, magnésium stéarate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; (10) coloring agents; (11) complexing agents such as cyclodextrins and modified cyclodextrins including preferably (2-hydroxypropyl)-P-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether-P-cyclodextrin; (12) matrix-forming
polymeric excipients such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), e.g. PVP K30, acrylic polymers and co-polymers such as the different grades of Eudragit and preferably Eudragit L100, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), other copolymers such as polyethylene glycol-based copolymers like Soluplus; and (13) carriers, such as sodium citrate ordicalcium phosphate. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as filiers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milksugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The disclosed excipients may serve more than one function. For example, filiers or binders may also be désintégrants, glidants, anti-adherents, lubricants, sweeteners and the like. It is possible in accordance with the présent invention to use two or more excipients, wherein said two or more excipients may belong to the same and/or different categories. There is no restriction in this respect.
Composition of the invention formuiated for parentéral administration, including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous administration, may be provided in solid form in vials such that they can be diluted in a suitable solvent (e.g. oil, or water, aqueous NaCI solution e.g. 0.9 wt.% NaCI solution, aqueous glucose solution, dextrose solution). The solid form may comprise, a compound of formula (I) mixed with one or more of an excipient and/or an additional ingrédient for example a buffer such as sodium citrate, a solubiiizer (co-solvent) e.g. éthanol, a complexing agent (such as cyclodextrins and modified cyclodextrins including preferably (2-hydroxypropyl)-p-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether-P-cyclodextrin), a stabilizer e.g. cellulose, 2-hydroxypropyl ether, Polyethylene Glycol 4000 crosslinked polyvinylpyrroiidone (crospovidone) and/or polyethylene glycols, an osmotic agent e.g. glucose or sodium chloride, a surfactant e.g. Polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyl castor oil and/or sodium lauryl sulfate, a preservative or bacteriostat e.g. sodium citrate, benzyl alcool and/or viscosity modifier as benzyl atcohol or carboxymethylcellulose. Other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may also be suitable for inclusion in said solid forms e.g. one or more of the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients set out hereinabove as being suitable for inclusion in compositions formuiated for oral administration. It is well within the purview ofthe skilled person to select appropriate excipients depending on the desired properties of the solid form. A composition formuiated for parentéral administration may also be provided in liquid form, e.g. in an infusion bag or in a prefilled syringe. In this case, the same components as listed above may be présent in the liquid formulation. The liquid formulation may be an aqueous formuation, aqueous NaCI solution, e.g. 0.9 wt.% NaCI solution, aqueous glucose solution, or dextrose solution, the liquid formulation may also be an oil formulation e.g. a stabilized oil in water émulsion, comprising medium Chain triglycérides and long chain triglycedrides, stabilized by phospholipids.
Further parentéral administration types are also conceivable, including in particular medical or antibiotic implants comprising a compound of the présent invention in the medical or antibiotic implant or in a coating on the medical or antibiotic implant.
The term medical implant as used herein refers to any indwelling (placed inside the body of a patient) medical device intended to replace, support or enhance a biological structure. Medical implants may be placed permanently, e.g. a stent or prosthetic joint, alternatively they can be placed on a temporary basis and removed when they are no longer needed e.g. a chemotherapy port or orthopédie screw.
The term antibiotic implant as used herein refers to any indwelling (placed inside the body of a patient) medical device, wherein said medical device is implanted in a patient with the primary intention of treating or preventing infection e.g. bacterial infection through the delivery of antibiotics. Antibiotic implants may be placed permanently, alternatively they can be placed on a temporary basis and removed when they are no longer needed e.g. when an infection has been eradicated, or they may simply dissolve over time in the body.
The compound of the présent invention may also be applied to medical instruments e.g. surgical instruments or sutures. This may prevent bacterial growth on said medical instrument. Said medical instru ment may also deliver the antîbiotic(s) at a surgical site, or a wound site e.g. in the case of a suture.
The term medical instrument as used herein refers to any tool used in a medical setting for the diagnosis or treatment of patients e.g. surgical tools such as scalpels and forceps, scissors and sutures. The term medical instrument as used herein encompasses dental instruments.
Common excipients, especiatly for compositions formulated for oral or IV administration include,
Stabilising agents
A stabilizing agent may be advantageously used to improve the formulation's physico-chemical stability. There is no particular limitation on the stabilizing agent that can be employed in the présent invention.
The use of endotoxin controlled PVP and/or Polyvinylpyrrolidone may be preferred as a stabilizing agent for a composition formulated for parentéral administration.
The stabilizing agent may be présent in a relative amount of from 0.01 wt% to 20 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 2 wt% and more preferably 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%.
Buffers
A buffer may be advantageously used to control the pH solution of a parentéral formulation There is no particular limitation on the buffer that can be employed in the présent invention.
The employed buffer may dépend on the physico Chemical characteristics of a compound ofthe invention e.g. stability and solubility, the capacity ofthe buffer, and the desired pH. Phosphate, citrate, tris, succinate, and/or histidine buffer can for example be used.
The buffer may be présent in a relative amount of from 0.01 wt% to 5 wt%, preferably from 0.01 wt% to 5 wt% and more preferably 0.01 wt% to 3 wt%.
Solubilizer (Co-solvent)
A solubilizer (co-solvent) may be advantageously used to improve the solubility of a compound ofthe invention. There is no particular limitation on the solubilizer (co-solvent) that can be employed in the présent invention.
The use of a biocompatible co-solvent may be preferred, e.g. Polyoxethylene 300 or 400, éthanol, propylene glycol and/or glycerln.
The co-solvent may be présent in a relative amount of from 1 wt% to 60 wt%, preferably from 1 wt% to 30 wt% and more preferably 1 wt% to 15 wt%.
Osmotic agents
An osmotic agent may be advantageously used to reach solutions isotonicity. There is no particular limitation on the osmotic agent that can be employed in the présent invention.
The use of glucose and/or sodium chloride may be preferred.
The osmotic agent may be présent in a relative amount of from 0.01 wt% to 20 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt% and more preferably 0.09 wt% to 5 wt%.
Preservatives
A preservative may be advantageously used to protect the compoumd from physico-chemical dégradation, like oyxdation, light, température. There is no particular limitation on the preservative that can be employed in the présent invention.
The use of sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisuifite, ascorbate, sodium sulfite, and/or thioglycerol may be preferred.
The preservative may be présent in a relative amount of from 0.01 wt% to 3 wt%, preferably from 0.01 wt% to 2 wt% and more preferably 0.01 wt% to 0.01 wt%.
Binders
A binder may be advantageously used for increasing the particle size of active ingrédient alone or with excipients and improve its handling properties. There is no particular limitation on the binder material that can be employed in the présent invention.
Suitable binder materials include povidone (polyvinyipyrrolidone), copovidone (Poly(l-vinylpyrrolidoneco-vinyl acetate)), maltodextrin, poloxamer(a block copolymer with a first poly(ethylene oxide) block, a second and central poly(propylene oxide) block and a third poly(ethylene oxide) block), polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, magnésium aluminosilicate, gelatin, acacia, alginic acid, carbomer (e.g. carbopol), dextrin, dextrates (a purified mixture of saccharides developed from the controlled enzymatic hydrolysis of starch), guargum, hydrogenated vegetabie oil, liquid glucose, wax, starch (pregelatinized and plain), sodium alginate and mixtures thereof.
The use of povidone and/or copovidone may be preferred.
The binder may be présent in a relative amount of from 0.5 wt% to 15 wt%, preferably from 1 wt% to 12 wt% and more preferably 4 wt% to 10 wt%.
□iluents
A diluent may be advantageously used for increasing the bulk ofthe pharmaceutical composition and for facilitating handling ofthe composition. There is no particular limitation on the diluent materia! that can be employed in the présent invention.
Suitable diluent materials include mannitol, isomalt, histidine, lactose (includîng anhydrous or monohydrate forms), calcium phosphate (includîng dibasic and tribasic calcium phosphate), calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, sucrose, fructose, maltose, xylitol, sorbitol, maltitol, aluminium silicate, dextrose, starch (pregelatinized or plain), glucose, dextrates (a purified mixture of saccharides developed from the controlled enzymatic hydrolysis of starch), magnésium carbonate, and mixtures thereof.
The use of mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, isomalt and/or histidine may be preferred. Mannitol may be particularly preferred.
The diluent may be présent in a relative amount that is not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 2 wt% to 85 wt%, preferably from 8 wt% to 80 wt% and more preferably 10 wt% to 50 wt%.
Surfactant
A surfactant may advantageously be used for assisting wettability of the tablet and of the active ingrédient. The surfactant is an optional but preferred component. There is no particular limitation on the surfactant materia! that can be employed in the présent invention
Suitable surfactant materials include sodium lauryl sulfate, potoxamer, sodium docusate, sorbitan esters, polyethylene oxide, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80 (ethoxylated sorbitan esterified with fatty acids wherein the number indicates the number of repeating units of polyethylene glycol), and mixtures thereof.
The use of sodium lauryl sulfate may be preferred.
The surfactant may be present in a relative amount that is not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0 wt% or more to 7 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 6.5 wt% and more preferably 1 wt% to 6 wt%.
Disîntegrant
A disîntegrant may be used for accélérâting disintegration ofthe pharmaceutical composition to thereby assist in dissolution and uptake of the active ingrédient. There is no partîcular limitation on the disîntegrant material that can be employed in the present invention.
Suitable disîntegrant materials include crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyi starch (sodium starch glycolate), croscarmellose sodium, gelian gum, xanthan gum, magnésium aluminosilicate, sodium alginate, pregeiatinîzed starch, alginîc acid, guar gum, homo- and copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and salts thereof such as polacrillin potassium, and mixtures thereof.
The use of crospovidone may be preferred
The disîntegrant may be present in a relative amount that is not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0 wt% or more to 20 wt%, preferably from 1 wt% to 15 wt% and more preferably 2 wt% to 10 wt%.
Giidant
A giidant may be advantageously used for improvingflowability ofthe pharmaceutical composition to thereby improve its handling properties. The giidant is an optional but preferred component. There is no partîcular limitation on the giidant material that can be employed in the present invention.
Suitable giidant materials include colloïdal silica dioxide, magnésium oxide, magnésium silicate, tribasic calcium phosphate, and mixtures thereof.
The use of colloïdal silica dioxide may be preferred.
The giidant may be present in a relative amount that is not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0 wt% or more to 5 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 4 wt% and more preferably 0.2 wt% to 1 wt%.
Lubricant
A lubricant may be advantageously used to facifitate tableting, in particular by preventing sticking ofthe tablets to the tablet punch. The lubricant is an optional but preferred component. There is no particular limitation on the lubricant material that can be employed in the présent invention.
Suitable lubricant materials include magnésium stéarate, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, stearic acid, leucine, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol, glyceryl behenate, glycerin monostearate, magnésium lauryl sulfate, sucrose esters of fatty acids, calcium stéarate, alu mi nu m stéarate, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, minerai oil, sodium benzoate, zinc stéarate, palmitic acid, carnauba wax, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene monostearates, calcium silicate, and mixtures thereof.
The use of a lubricant selected from magnésium stéarate and sodium stearyl fumarate, and combinations thereof may be preferred.
The lubricant may be présent in a relative amount that is not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0 wt% or more to 7 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 4 wt% and more preferably 0.5 wt% to 3.5 wt%.
Matrix forming polymers and copolymers
A matrix forming polymer or copolymer may be used as an optional but preferred component.
Suitable matrix-forming polymers and copolymers include polyvinyl pyrrolidine (PVP), acrylic polymers and co-polymers such as the different grades of Eudragit, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), as well as other copolymers such as polyethylene glycol-based copolymers like Soluptus.
Preferred matrix-forming polymers and copolymers may be HPMC AS and Soluplus.
The matrix-forming polymers and copolymers may be présent in a relative amount that îs not particularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0.1 g to 10 g or 0.1wt% to 10wt%, preferably from 0.2 g to 5 g or 0.2wt% to 5wt%, and more preferably from 0.3 g to 4 g or 0.3wt% to 4wt%.
Complexing agents
A complexing agent may be used as an optional but preferred component.
Suitable complexing agents include cyclodextrins and modified cyclodextrins.
Preferred complexing agents include (2-hydroxypropyl)-P-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether-βcyclodextrin.
The complexing agents may be présent in a relative amount that is not partîcularly restricted. Suitable amounts may range from 0.1 g to 24 g or 0.1 wt% to 40wt% or 30wt% or 24wt%, preferably from 0.1 g to 10 g or 0.1wt% to 10wt%, and more preferably from 0.1 g to 5 g or 0.1wt% to 6wt% or 5wt%.
Other types of excipients
The composition of the présent invention may contain further excipients that are commonly used in the art.
Such further excipients may include release rate modifiées, plasticizer, film forming agent, colorant, antitacking agent and/or pigment for coating the compositions of the présent invention. Further types of excipients, which may be présent, include flavoring agents, sweeteners, antioxidants, absorption accelerators and/or bulking agents. Relative amounts of such excipients are not partîcularly limîted. They may be determined by the skilled person based on common general knowledge and routine procedures.
Film forming agents are advantageously used for providing a tabiet of the invention with a cohérent coating. Suitable film forming agents include isomalt, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, maltodextrin, sucrose, xylitol, maltitol, enteric coating agents such as materials selected from the group consisting of methyl acrylate-methacrylic acid copolymers, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), methyl methacrylate-methacrylic acid copolymers, shellac, sodium alginate and zein.
Suitable plasticizers include sorbitol, triacetin, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, propyiene glycol, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, acetyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, castor oil, glyceryl monostearate, dïaeetylated monoglyerides, dibutyl sebacate, diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate, and tributyl citrate.
For each ofthe above-mentîoned categories of excipients it is possible to use only a single substance or a combination of two or more substances belonging to the same category. Of course, it is not necessary that members of each and every category are présent.
The compositions ofthe invention may include the compounds disclosed herein in the form of particles of amorphous substance or in any crystalline form. The particle size is not partîcularly limîted. For instance, compositions may include micronized crystals ofthe disclosed compounds. Micronization may be performed on crystals ofthe compounds alone, or on a mixture of crystals and a part or whole of pharmaceutical excipients or carriers. Mean particle size of micronized crystals of a disclosed compound may be for example about 5 to about 200 microns, or about 10 to about 110 microns. The compounds of the invention may also be présent in the form of a molecular dispersion within a polymeric matrix. In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be complexed with suitable complexing agents such as cyclodextrins.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingrédients.
Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatîn, microcrystalline cellulose, or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture ofthe subject composition moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. The disclosed excipients may serve more than one function. For example, fillers or binders may also be désintégrants, glidants, anti-adherents, lubricants, sweeteners and the like.
It will be appreciated that a disclosed composition may include lyophilized or freeze-dried compounds disclosed herein. For example, disclosed herein are compositions that comprise disclosed compounds in crystalline and/or amorphous powder forms. Such forms may be reconstituted for use as e.g., an aqueous composition.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable émulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and élixirs. In addition to the subject composition, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, cyclodextrins and mixtures thereof.
Suspensions, in addition to the subject composition, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agarand tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Compositions formulated for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing a subject composition with one or more suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room température, but liquid at body température and, therefore, will melt in the body cavity and release the active agent. Compositions formulated into forms which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for transdermal administration of a subject composition includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, and patches. The compound ofthe invention may be
mixed under stérile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels, drops, may contain, in addition to a subject composition, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose dérivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays may contain, in addition to a subject composition, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays may additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Compositions and compounds ofthe disclosure may alternatively be formulated into a form suitable for administration by aérosol. This may be accomplished by preparlng an aqueous aérosol, liposomal préparation or solid particles containing the compound. A non-aqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers may be used because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which may resuit in dégradation of the compounds contained in the subject compositions.
Ordinarily, an aqueous aérosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of a subject composition together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the partîcular subject composition, but typically include non-ionic surfactants (Tweens, pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), înnocuous proteins like sérum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aérosols generally are prepared from isotonie solutions.
It should be noted that excipients given as examples may hâve more than one function. For example, fillers or binders can also be disîntegrants, glidants, anti-adherents, lubricants, sweeteners and the like. In one embodiment, fulfillment of amount indications specified hereinabove for different types of excipients is to be assessed for each type of excipient taking into account the total amount of ail excipients having the specified function.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this disclosure suitable for parentéral administration comprise a compound ofthe invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable stérile isotonie aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or émulsions, or stérile powders. Said compositions may may be reconstituted into stérile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Said compositions may contain one or more excipients as set out hereinabove e.g. antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutés which render the formulation isotonie with the blood of the intended récipient, or suspending or thickening agents. For example, provided herein is an aqueous composition that includes a dîsclosed compound, and may further include for example, dextrose (e.g., about 1 to about 10 weight percent dextrose, or about 5 weight percent dextrose in water (D5W).
Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions ofthe disclosure include water, éthanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate and cyciodextrins. Properfluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of surfactants, such as lecithin, by the maintenance ofthe required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
it will be appreciated that contemplated compositions and formulation forms, such as oral formulations (e.g. a pill or tablet) and parentéral formulations e.g. solutions for IV infusion, may be formulated as controlled release formulation, e.g., an immédiate release formulation, a delayed release formulation, or a combination thereof.
in certain embodiments, the subject compounds and compositions may be formulated as a tablet, pill, capsule or other appropriate ingestible formulation (collectively hereinafter tablet) or an aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or émulsions for parentéral administration. The compositions ofthe present disclosure may be formulated such that the resulting amount of antibacterial agent i.e. compounds ofthe invention provided/administered to a patient (human or nonhuman mammal), would provide a therapeutically effective amount (a therapeutic dose). Said therapeutically effective amount may be split across dosage units e.g. multiple i.v. administrations /day for example for 3 days to 5 weeks e.g. 7 days to 2 weeks. Said therapeutically effective amount may be an amount at which at least 50% e.g. at least 60, 70, 80, 90, 95% or 100% of individuats exhibit a statîstically significant réduction in infection. Said amount should also take into considération the toxicity of said antibacterial agent(s). The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on size, weight, âge, condition and type of subject, as well as on the infection being treated and the type of formulation e.g. tablet and/or mode of administration e.g. oral or parentéral e.g. subcutaneous, intramuscuiar or intravenous injection. It is well within the purview of the skilled person to détermine such a therapeutically effective amount employing standard drug development techniques and methodology e.g. în-vitro and/or in-vivo experîments e.g. to détermine Probability target attainment (PTA), and and/or through conducting dosage determining clinîcal trials and toxîcity/maximum tolerated dose/safety studies e.g. in animais and/or humans.
Unît Dosages
If treatment of the patient by the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention is by means of oral administration, a single unit dose ofthe pharmaceutical composition ofthe present invention is typîcally administered one, two or three times a day. The daily dosage (total dosage administered in one
day) is determined by the physician in accordance with the above guidance taking the type and severity ofthe infection, gender, weight, âge and general condition ofthe patient into account. Preferred oral daily dosages may range from 40 to 5000 mg e.g. 40 to 3000 mg, preferably 40 mgto 2000 mg e.g. 100 to 2000 mg. The daily dosage may vary depending on the intended frequency of administration e.g. daily, once perweek.
In case of parentéral administration (for instance in intravenous (i.v.) or intramuscular (i.m.) or intraperitoneal (i.p) or subcutaneous administration), the pharmaceutical compositions ofthe présent invention may be administered two, three or even more times a day. Preferred daily dosages are in the range of from 40 to 5000mg, typical unit dosages may be from 40 to 3000 mg and preferably 100 to 1000 mg. The upper limits of the specified ranges are subject to their feasibility. For instance, in case of i.m. or subcutaneous administration, it may happen that the maximum dose that can be administered in a single shot is restricted due to low solubility and correspondingly increased volume ofthe drug solution. In such a case, the maximum unit dosages are limited by the maximum tolerated dose.
Drug combinations
Compositions are also contemplated herein that include one or more ofthe disclosed compounds with a second component. Second components in such compositions ofthe présent disclosure may be another antibiotic agent e.g. a Fabl inhibitor, other than a compound disclosed herein. Other additional components may also be présent, including other Fabl inhibitors or other antibiotic agents. The contemplated methods of treatment disclosed herein, in some embodiments, may further comprise administering another agent such as another antibiotic agent (other than a compound disclosed herein). For example, a method of treating a bacterial infection is provided that comprises administering a disclosed compound and further comprises administering another antibiotic agent or antibacterial agent. The compound disclosed herein and the second component may be part ofthe same dosage form or may be formulated in two separate dosage forms. !f they are formulated in two separate dosage forms, the dosage form with the second component may be administered at the same time, before or after the dosage form with the compound disclosed herein.
Medical Indications
The compounds and compositions ofthe présent invention may be used fortreating bacterial infections in a patient. They may, in particular, be suitable for the treatment of bacterial infections involving one or more ofthe following bacteria: S. aureus, E. coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii. Such infections include, but are not limited to, wound infections e.g. infections of burn wounds or surgical sites, skin and soft tissue infections such as bacterial folliculitis, impétigo e.g. localised impétigo, cellulitis, boils, feruncles, carbuncles, abscesses, dermatitis e.g. eczema; bacteraemia and sepsis, meningitis, intra-abdominal infection, pleuropulmonary infection and pneumonia including hospital acquired pneumonia, nosocomial pneumonia, and ventilator associated pneumonia; infective endocarditîs; diarrhea and food poisoning e.g. by S. aureus or E. coli; urinary tract infections including complicated urinary tract infections, thrombophlebitis when caused by bacteria, osteoarticular infections such asseptic arthritis, diabetic food, bone and joint infections and prosthetic joint infections, medical device/implant reiated infections, infections ofthe oral cavity such as buccal ulcers e.g. periodontal abscess, dental infection e.g. odontogenic infection, and gingivitis; ophthalmic infections e.g. corneal ulcers; colonisation ofthe nasal passages by S. aureus.
In particular the compounds and compositions of the invention may be effective in the treatment of a bacterial infection associated with A. baumannîi wherein said infection may be pneumonia and most preferably nosocomial pneumonia or ventilator associated pnemonia.
Administration types
As previously set out, the compounds and compositons ofthe présent invention may be administered to the patient by intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous administration or, alternatively, by oral administration. To increase solubility and or bloavailability, the compounds may advantageously be administered in the form of prodrugs or sait form. Further administration forms are also conceivable, for instance by implantation (e.g. as part of a medical implant), by inhalation.
Dosages
The dosage of any dîsclosed compound or composition will vary depending on the symptoms, âge and body weight ofthe patient, the nature and severity ofthe disorder to be treated or prevented, the route of administration, and the form ofthe subject composition. Any ofthe subject compositions may be administered in a single dose or in divided doses. Dosages for the compositions may be readily determined by techniques known to those of skill in the art or as taught herein.
In certain embodiments, the dosage ofthe subject compounds will generally be in the range of about 0.01 ng to about 10 g per kg body weight, specifically in the range of about 1 ng to about 0.1 g per kg, and more specifically in the range of about 1 mg to 0.1 g per kg.
An effective dose or amount, and any possible effectson thetiming of administration ofthe composition, may need to be identified for any particular composition ofthe disclosure, This may be accomplished by routine experiments, using one or more groups of animais (preferably at least 2 to 5 animais per group), or in human trials if appropriate. The effectiveness of any subject composition and method of treatment or prévention may be assessed by administeringthe composition and assessing the effect ofthe administration by measuring one or more applicable indices, and comparing the posttreatment values of these indices to the values of the same indices prior to treatment.
The précisé time of administration and amount of any particular subject composition that will yield the most effective treatment in a given patient will dépend upon the activity, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailabîlîty of a subject composition, physiological condition ofthe patient (including âge, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of médication), route of administration, and the like. The guidelines presented herein may be used to optimize the treatment, e.g., determining the optimum time and/or amount of administration, which will require no more than routine expérimentation consisting of monitoring the subject and adjusting the dosage and/or timing.
While the subject is being treated, the health ofthe patient may be monitored by measuringone or more of the relevant indices at predetermined times during the treatment period. Treatment, including composition, amounts, times of administration and formulation, may be optimized according to the results of such monitoring. The patient may be periodically reevaluated to détermine the extent of improvement by measuring the same parameters. Adjustments to the amount(s) of subject composition administered and possibly to the time of administration may be made based on these réévaluations.
Treatment may be initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage may be increased by small incréments unti! the optimum therapeutic effect is attained.
The use of the subject drug combinations may reduce the required dosage for any individual agent contained in the compositions because the onset and duration of effect of the different agents may be complimentary.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of subject compositions may be determined by standard pharmaceutîcal procedures in cell cultures or experimental animais.
The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies may be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of any subject composition lies preferably within a range of cîrculating concentrations that give rise to a statistically significant réduction in infection in at least 50% e.g. at least 60, 70, 80, 90, 95% or 100% of individuals with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For compositions ofthe disclosure, the therapeutically effective dose may be estimated initially from ceil culture assays.
Administration frequency
The compounds and compositions disclosed herein may be administered in any appropriate frequency. Said frequency may dépend on the subject being treated and on the severity and type of the infection.
Administrations may for example be once or multiple times a day. The number of administrations may also dépend on the form ofthe composition and on the subject and medical condition e.g. bacterial infection, being treated.
Duration of treatment
The compounds and compositions disclosed herein may be administered for an unlimited period of time. It is advantageous that they are administered for a period of time to eradicate the bacterial infection completely or at least to such an extent that the patient's immune system can cope with any remaining pathologie bacteria. Typical durations of administration may be from 3 days to 7 weeks, e.g. from 1 to 5 weeks, e.g. 7 days to 2 weeks. However, longer treatment durations may be necessary for some infections e.g. bone infections.
Methods of treatment
The compounds and compositions disclosed herein may be used in a method of therapy. in particular the compounds and compositions disiclosed herein may be used in a method of treating a bacterial infection, comprising administeringto a patient in need thereof a disclosed compound ofthe invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a disclosed compound ofthe invention. The bacterial infection may be an infection by S. aureus, E. coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii.
The compounds ofthe invention may also be used in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for use in therapy and in particular in the treatment of a bacterial infection in a patient in need thereof, wherein said bacterial infection may be by S. aureus, E. coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii.
A further embodiment relates to a method of treating a bacterial infection, such as an S. aureus, E. coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and/or A. baumannii bacterial infection, in a patient in need thereof comprising administering a compound or composition ofthe invention.
Manufacture of the Compounds of the Invention
The compounds ofthe présent invention can be prepared using established organic chemistry synthetic methods and procedures and/or information described hereinbelow. Starting materials may either be purchased (if commercially available) or synthesized using established organic chemistry synthetic methods and procedures and/or information described hereinbelow.
Compounds disclosed herein may be prepared by means ofthe following method, which comprises the step of coupling a precursor compound of formula Ml or Ml'
Ml Ml' wherein X represents a leaving group, Ri3 is as defined herein with the exception that if R13 is -POjRej or CHS-OPCbRei each Re is a Pg group such as TMSCH2CH2 or CNCH2CH2, and Pg in Ml' represents a protective group such as a BOC group, and wherein Ru and R12 may be a group as defined in any of the claîms or items disclosed herein with respect to Ru and Ru or may be such a defined group that also comprises a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, with an amine compound of formula M2a or M2b, as appropriate:
wherein Ro to R12, Ru, Y and Qi hâve the same meanings as specified for formula 1. The leaving group X may be a hydroxyl group, a tosylate group, a triflate group, a mesylate group, iodide, bromide, chloride, 15 methoxy, ethoxy, and the like.
The coupling reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent and in the presence of a coupling agent and a base. The solvent is preferably selected from DMF, 2-Me-THF, DCM, EtOAc, DMC, CPME (preferably the solvent is DMF if the leaving group is a hydroxyl group). The coupling agent is preferably selected from HATU, HBTU, HCTU, TBTU, COMU, TOMBU, COMBU, PyBOP, T3P, DIC-HOBt, DCC, CDI, EDC, EDC-HOBt (preferably the coupling agent is HATU orT3P if the leaving group is a hydroxyl group). The reaction is typically carried out in the presence of a base. The base is preferably selected from DIPEA, TEA, pyridine or DMAP (preferably TEA is used as a base when T3P is used as a coupling agent). The protective group(s) of M1' may preferably be removed directly after the coupling reaction. While any protecting groups on Ris and/or Rn and/or Ru are preferably removed as the final step.
An example reaction sequence is illustrated by the following Scheme 1. An analogous reaction scheme applies for the protected precursor Ml'. Of course, this analogous scheme needs to be supplemented by a preceding protection reaction and a subséquent deprotection reaction.
Scheme 1
A similar reaction scheme applies for the synthesis of compounds of formula Ib, wherein merely the precursor compound M2a is replaced by precursor compound M2b.
Manufacture of Right-Hand Side Precursor
The precursor compound of formula Ml' can be manufactured by reacting a compound of formula M3/M3', wherein Pg in Ml' is a suitable protecting group such as Boc and wherein Ris is as defined 15 herein with the exception that if Ri3 is -PO3Re2 or -CH2-OPO3Re2 each Re is a Pg group such as TMSCH2CH2 or CNCH2CH2, and Ru and or R12 in addition of being as defined herein may also comprise a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group,
M3 with a carboxyl-protected acrylîc acid, such as a Ci-4-alkyl ester (preferably tert-butyl, ethyl or methyl ester) of acrylic acid. This coupling reaction is carried out under Heck coupling conditions and preferably 20 in the presence of a Pd(ll)-salt such as Pd(OAch and a phosphine ligand such as Xantphos, XPhos, or tri20727 (o-tolyl)phosphine or l,l-bis(dîphenylphosphino)ferrocene (dppf). Highly Efficient Palladium catalyst Pd-162 in the presence of Cy2NMe2 and NBu4CI can also be applied. The reaction is typically carried out in the presence of a solvent such as DMF, proprionitrile, a combination thereof, or 1,4-dioxane, and also in the presence of a base such as DIPEA. Such a reaction sequence is illustrated by the following Scheme 5 2.
Scheme 2
Pg = Me, Et, t-Bu
Pg' = H, Boc, -PO3Pg2, -CH2-PO3Pg2
The coupling reaction is followed by deprotection of the carboxyl group and optionally introduction of a 10 leaving group other than hydroxyi. The leaving group X may be a hydroxyi group, a tosylate group, a triflate group, a mesylate group, iodide, bromide, chloride, and the like. Pg represents a protective group suitable for the carboxyl functional group to be protected, e.g. an alkyl group (Me, Et, t-Bu) for protection ofthe carboxyl group. The nitrogen atom in the amide group may optionally be protected with a suitable protective group (Pg'), such as a BOC group or alternatively a protected prodrug group 15 wherein Pg group is a group such as TMSCH2CH2 or CNCH2CH2, and wherein Ru and Ri2 may be a group as defined in any of the claims or items disclosed herein with respect to Ru and Ri2 or may be such a defined group that also comprises a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group.
The precursor compound M3 can be synthesized as shown in Schemes 3 and 4 as explained below.
Scheme 3
2Q72.7
Pathway A
Pathway B in Scheme 3 condensation of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-nitropyridine with appropriate acids, where Ru and or R12 în addition of being as defined herein may also comprise a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, and where Rz = H, for instance ((S)-3-amino2-({tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid or esters in which Rz being Cm alkyl, preferably methyl, for instance methyl 3-amino-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoate or (2S,3R)-methyl 3-amino2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butanoate in THF or ACN in the presence of inorganic (K2CO3) or organic bases (Et3N) leads to 3-(substituted’amino)propanoates or butanoates in good yîeld. The nitro group réduction at position 2 is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent such as Fe in acetic acid or mixture of water, éthanol and ammonium chloride at 80 °C. The cyclîzation is accomplished using sodium hydride in DMF (Pathway A). This reaction sequence is illustrated by the Scheme 3. The protective group Rz is removed by basic hydrolysîs using lithium hydroxide in a mixture of water and THF. The cyclîzation using agents such as HATU in the presence of a base like DIPEA and in a solvent such
DMF (Pathway B) leads to the formation of 3-amino-8-bromo-l,2,3,5-tetrahydro-4H-pyrido[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-4-one dérivatives as shown in Scheme 3.
The precursor compound of formula M3 can be also manufactured by reaction a compound of formula
M4.
M4
Compound of formula M4 can be synthesized as described in AFFiNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. WO2007/67416, 2007, A2 which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The direct iodination of 3-bromo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrîdo[2,3-b]azepin-8-one in the presence of TMEDA, TMSI, lz in DCM led to the formation of expected iodide in good yield. The iodide can be easily 5 converted into the corresponding amines (primary, secondary, tertiary and heterocyclic compounds) by its treatment with different amines HNRuRu wherein Ru and Ru are as defined above with respect to formula I (e.g. azetidine-3-ol, morpholine, pyrrolîdine and its dérivatives, cyclopropanoamine, piperazine and its dérivatives, 7-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide. etc) in acetonitrile at 5080 “C in the presence of K2CO3 as a base. Alternatively, iodide reaction with sodium azide in DMF and its 10 consecutive réduction provides the corresponding primary amines.
Manufacture of left-hand side Precursor
The left-hand side precursors M2a and M 2b can be prepared by means ofthe reaction sequence shown in the following Scheme 5 for M2a and an analogous reaction scheme for M2b. Réduction ofthe protected carboxyl group to the hydroxymethyl group can be accomplished using diisobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL-H) in THF. The subséquent oxidation to the aldéhyde can be carried out using DessMartin periodinane in DCM. The last reaction of this sequence can be performed by first reacting with methylamine in ethanol/THF followed by réduction with sodium borohydride in ethanol/THF. If it is desired to obtain precursor M2a or M2b in protected form, the obtained product, i.e. the compound shown below but with a hydrogen in the position of Pg, may be subjected to a final step of protection of the amino group with a suitable protective group, for instance the carboxybenzyl (Cbz) group, by reaction with carboxybenzylchloride in DCM in the presence of triethylamine. This optional final protection step is also shown in Scheme 5 below.
Scheme 5
Alternatively the left-hand side precursor M2a or M2bcan be prepared by means ofthe reaction sequences shown in scheme 5' wherein the carboxylic acid (or its alkyl ester) is converted into its corresponding amide via amidation (e.g. by means of MeNHj.HCI, DIPEA, EDCFHOBt, DMF or MeNH2/EtOH, reflux), after which amide réduction (e.g. using BMS in THF or triflic anhydride/NaBH4 in DCM) gives the corresponding amine.
Scheme 5'
Again, an analogous reaction scheme applies to the manufacture of precursor M2b.
Alternative^ still (when Qi is 0), the ieft-hand side precursor M2a can be prepared by means of one of the reaction sequences shown in Scheme 5 wherein, in pathway A, base-cataiyzed (e.g. employîng t-BuOK/THF) condensation of o-hydroxyphenones (i.e. compounds în the Ieft-hand side of Scheme 5 with Qi representing -OH) with 1,1-dichloroethylene in the presence of a strong base {for example in the presence of t-BuOK and THF) followed by further conversion under mild acidic conditions (e.g. employing 1 M H2SO4) yields carbaldehyde intermediate compounds as shown in scheme 5, Pathway A, below. These carbaldehydes can be easily converted into their corresponding amines, i.e. precursor M2a. This conversion can rely on standard methodology, typicaliy using the reductive amination conditions (e.g. emplyoing 1. MeNH2/THF; AcOH; 2. NaBH4);
in pathway B condensation of substituted o-hydroxyphenones with compounds X-CH2-Y1 (wherein X is a leavîng group as described above and wherein Y1 is a protected carboxyl group such as a Ci-4-alkyl ester, or a carboxyl group precursor such as a nitrile group, e.g. chloroacetonitrile) in the presence of base (e.g.
K2CO3/DMF), can iead to the formation of nitrile intermediates e.g 2-nitrile benzofuranes, which after basic hydrolysis give rlse to the corresponding carboxylic acids as shown in the centre of Scheme 5, pathway B. Said-carboxylic acids may be converted into corresponding amines. For instance, using the same strategy, the amine can also be prepared from o-hydroxyphenones and alkyl 2-bromoacetates {e.g in the presence of K2COj and acetone in a lst step followed by cylisation using NaOEt/EtOH and basic hydrolysis).
Scheme 5
Alternative^ still (when Ch is O), the left-hand side precursor M2b can be prepared by means of one of the reaction sequences shown in Scheme 5' wherein a carboxyphenol is substituted using ethyl-2bromopropanoate in the presence of a base such as K2CO3 or NaOH in solvents such as ACN or THF, followed by decarboxylative cyclization mediated by bases such as sodium acetate in acetic anhydride to provide the benzofuran bicycle in which a carbonyl moiety is introduced at 3-position using dichloro(methoxy)methane in the presence of a Lewis acid cataiyst such as tin(IV)chloride:
Scheme 5'
In Schemes 5, 5', 5 and 5', Pg represents a protective group such as a carboxybenzyl group (BOC group, PMB group, DMB group). Ch has the same meaning as Ch in formula I (but with the restrictions to Ch described for Scheme 5 above). R1 to R’ (including R3a, Rîb and R3c) may also hâve the same meanings as in formula I. Alternative^, one or more of these groups may be a precursor group that is later converted to the desired substituent in accordance with formula I. For instance, a Br substituent may be used as such a precursor.
When Ru is different from CH3 (Ru together with R0of LHSa or LHSbform a heterocycle comprising the N to which R14 is attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which Ru is attached) the precursor M2a can be prepared by means of the reaction
sequences shown in scheme 5 wherein a lactam precursor is dihalogenated, converted to the piperidylenamine, then reacted with 1,4-benzoquinone and deaminated to afford the tricyclic benzofuran intermediate that can further be modified at R2 position by conventional chemistry:
Scheme 5
When Ru is different from CHî (R24 together with Roof LHSa or LHSbform a heterocycle comprising the N to which R14 is attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which Ri4 is attached) the precursor M2b can be prepared by means of the reaction sequences shown in scheme 5''' wherein an amino(thio)phenol precursor is condensed with a cyclic
1,3-dione, converted to the oxime, then submitted to a Beckmann rearrangement and having its amide reduced to the amine:
Scheme 5'''
BHs-THF
HO-NHn.HCI, NaOAc, HZO( EtOH
Polyphosphoric acid
Alternative Route of manufacture of compounds of invention
As an alternative to the synthetic strategy described above, the compounds ofthe present invention may also be prepared by coupling a compound of formula M6 or its protected form M6'
Μ 6' with a compound of formula M7a or M7b:
M7a M7b wherein Y and Qihave the same meaning as specified for formula (I), and ail R groups (Ro to Ru) hâve the same meanings as specified for formula I, or may be precursors thereof e.g. Br as a precursor for other groups e.g. CN, OH, esters, etc., or Rn and or Ru in addition of being as defined herein may also 10 comprise a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group;
This coupling may be carried out under Heck coupling conditions. Typically, it is carried out in the presence of a Pd(ll) complex such as Pd-162 (i.e. [P(tBu)3] Pd(crotyl) Cl), tetrabutylammonium chloride, N-cyclohexyl·N-methylcyclohexanamine (D1PEA) and dioxane. It is also possible to use a combination of a Pd(ll)-salt such as Pd(OAc)2 with a phosphine ligand such as tri-o-tolylphosphine, a base like DIPEA and a solvent such as a mixture of DMF and propionitrile, or 1,4-dioxane. The reaction is illustrated for compounds of formula la by the following reaction scheme:
Scheme 6
Again, an analogous reaction scheme applies to the manufacture of compounds of formula Ib.
It is advantageous to use the protected precursor M6' in this reaction sequence. In this case, the reaction sequence shown in the above scheme may be followed by a deprotection step to obtain the reaction product shown above.
Y and Qi hâve the same meanings as specified for formula I, and Ro to R12 hâve the same meanings as specified for formula (I) or may be precursors thereof e.g. Br as a precursor for other groups e.g. CN, OH, esters, etc., or Rn and or Ru in addition of being as defined herein may also comprise a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, while R13 is hydrogen.
The préparation of prodrugs of the compounds of the invention e.g wherein R13 is -PO3Re2 or -CH2OPOsRez, is typically accomplished by converting the respective compound ofthe invention with Ris being hydrogen to a compound of the same structure except that R13 represents a prodrug moiety that is cleavable under physiologie conditions for instance a phosphate-containing group as specified above. The prodrug moiety is preferably a methylene phosphate moiety or a phophoramidate moiety. Such prodrug moieties and suitable reaction conditions for manufacturing methylene phosphate prodrugs are described in WO 2013/190384 Al (methylenephosphate) and J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43,1234-1241 (phosphoramidate).
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in the présent disclosure.
CC Column chromatography
DCM Dichloromethane
N Normal g Gram
pli mol v/v vol m/z °C TEA, EbN Et20 HPLC Boc h mL eq. M MeOH AcOH THF D1PEA Pd(OAc)2 EtOH DCE EtOAc Aq. RT, rt Rt, fret DMF ACN NIWAc TFA HOBT/HOBt TLC HzO sat. sol. EDCl NMR s d t m dd MHz ppm H J UPLC-MS DMSO CDCb ML scx LCMS HATU Potentia! of Hydrogen Mole Volume/volume Volume Mass to charge ratio degree Celsius Triethylamine Diethyi ether High performance liquid chromatography tert- b uty lo xy c arbony 1 hour milliliter Equivalent Mass Methanol Acetic acid Tetrahydrofuran N, N- D i i sopropy lethy lamine Palladium(II) acétate Ethanol 1,2-Dïchloroethane Ethyl acétate Aqueous Room température Rétention time D ime thy l formant i de Acetonitrile Ammonium acetate Trifluoroacetic acid 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole Thin layer chromatography Water Saturated Solution 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Nuclear Magnetic Résonance singiet doublet triplet multiplet double of doublet Mégahertz parts per million Proton Coupling constant Ultra-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectr ometry Dimethyl sulfoxide Deuterated chloroform Mother liquor Strong Cation Exchange Chromatography Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry l-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate
HPLC HBTU High-perfbrmance liquid chromatography (2-( 1 H-Benzotriazol-L-yi)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, Hexafluorophosphate Benzotriazole Tetramethyl Uronium
CyzNCHs, N-Cydohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine
DCHMA PM B STAB DMC EtOAc HCTU TB FU COMU p-Methoxy benzyl Sodium triacetoxyborohydride Dimethyl carbonate Ethyl acetate O-llH-B-Chlorobeniotriazole-l-yO-LlëjB-teÏramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate 3-[Bis(dimethylamino)methyliumylj-3H-benzotnazol-l-oxide hexafluorophosphate (l-Cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylidenaminooxy)dimethylamino-morpholino-carbeniumhexafluorophosphate
TOM BU N-ili.S-Dimethyl^Ae-trioxotetrahydropyrimidin-SlÊH)- ylidenaminooxy](dimethylamino)methylen}-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate
coweu
PyBOP T;P
D1C DCC CDI EDC DMAP DMB BMS DIAD BrettPhos DMP DIBAL Pd-162
Pd-173
Pd-175
Pdî(dba)i NBS pTSA LDA B1N0L DMA DABCO DPPF Xphos BuLi DPPA mesyl
4-{{l,3-Dimethyl-2,4,6-Îrioxotetrahydropyrimidin5{6H)ylîdenaminooxy](dimethylam'rno)methy!en}morpholin-4-ium hexafluorophosphate Benzotriazol-l-yloxy}tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate
2,4,6-Ίnpropyl·l,3,5,2λ5i4λ5J6λ5-tlΊ0xaΐπphosphinane 2,4.6-tri oxide
N .N ’ D i i so pro py Icarbod i i ni ide
N,N'-DicycJohexylcarbodiimide
1,1 '-Carbony ldi i midazole
-(Ethy I i m ino methy 1 e ne am i n o)-N,N - d imethy Ip ropan-1 -am i ne
N ,N-D ï methy 1 py r id i n-4 - am i ne
3,4 - D i me th oxy benzy 1
Borane-di methy! sulfide
Diisopropyl azodicarboxyiate
2-( Di cy d oh e xyl p h os p h in o)3,6- d i m ethoxy-2’,4',6'-tr i is op ropy I -1,1'- b I ph en y I
Dess-Martin periodinanc
Diisobutylaluminum hydride
Tri -tert-b uty Ipho s ph i ne(ch loro)(croty l)pa 11 adiu m(l I )
Croty!(2-dîcyclohexylphosphmo-2,,4',6'-triisopropy]-3,6-dimethoxy-l,rbiphenyl)palladium(II) triflate
Al]yl(2-di-tert-buÎylphosphmo-3,6-dimethoxy-2',4'.6'-trüsopropy!-l,rbiphenyl)palladium(Il) triflate
Tr i s(d i benzy I ideneacetone)d ipal I ad iu m(0 )
-Bromo-2,5-pyTTo!idinedione; N-bromosuccinimide
4-Methylbenzene-l-sulfonic acid
Lithium diisopropylamide l,!'-Bi-2-naphtho!
N ,N - D i m ethy laceta m i de
1,4 -D i azab icy c lo [2.2.2 ] u ctane
1,1’- Bis(diphenylphosphanyl)ferrocene
- □ i cy clohexy ! phosph îno -2 ’ .4 ',6 '-tri i so pro py Ibip he ny 1 n-Butyllithium
Diphenylphosphoryl azide
Metbanesulfonyl
It should be appreciated that ail features of the présent invention disclosed herein can be freely combined and that variations and modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the invention as defined in the daims. Where known équivalents exist to spécifie features, such équivalents 5 are incorporated as if specifïcally referred to in this spécification. Furthermore, it should be understood that various changes and modifications to the presently preferred embodiments described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the présent subject matter and without diminishing its intended advantages. It is therefore intended that such changes and modifications be covered by the appended 10 daims.
Examples
The following examples are in no way intended to limit the scope of the présent invention, but are provided only to illustrate the inventive compounds and their préparation.
General Procedures.
AH starting materials and solvents were obtained either from commercial sources or prepared according to the literature citation. Unless otherwise stated ail reactions were stirred. Organic solutions were routinely dried over anhydrous magnésium sulfate or sodium sulfate.
Column chromatography was performed on pre-packed silica (230-400 mesh, 40-63 pm) cartridges using the eluent indicated. SCX was purchased from Silicycle and treated with IM hydrochlonc acid prior to use. Unless stated otherwise the reaction mixture to be purified was first diluted with MeOH and made acidic with a few drops of AcOH. This solution was loaded directly onto the SCX and washed with MeOH. The desired material was then eluted by washing with 0.7 Μ NH3 in MeOH.
Analytical Methods
Analytical LCMS was carried out using either acidic or basic methods as follows:
Method la: Waters X-Se!ect CSH C18, 2.S pm, 4.6x30 mm column eiuting with a gradient of 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN in 0.1% Formic acid in water. The gradient from 5-95% 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN occurs between 0.00-3.00 minutes at 2.5ml/min with a flush from 3.01-3.5 minutes at 4.5ml/min. A column reequilibration to 5% MeCN is from 3.60-4.00 minutes at 2.5ml/min. UV spectra ofthe eluted peaks were measured using an Agilent 1260 fnfinity or Agilent 1200 VWD at 254nm. Mass spectra were measured using an Agilent 6120 or Agilent 1956 MSD running with positive/negative switching or an Agilent 6100 MSD running in either positive or négative mode.
Method 1b: Waters X-Select BEH C18, 2.5 pm, 4.6x30 mm column eiuting with a gradient of MeCN in aqueous lOmM ammonium bicarbonate. The gradient from 5-95% MeCN occurs between 0.00-3.00 minutes at 2.5ml/min with a flush from 3.01-3.5 minutes at 4.5ml/min. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 3.60-4.00 minutes at 2.5ml/min. UV spectra ofthe eluted peaks were measured using an Agilent 1260 Infinity or Agilent 1200 VWD at 254nm. Mass spectra were measured using an Agilent 6120 or Agilent 1956 MSD running with positive/negative switching or an Agilent 6100 MSD running in either positive or négative mode.
Analytical UPLC/MS. Alternatively analytical UPLC/MS was carried out using either acidic or basic methods as follows:
Method 2a: Waters Acquity CSH C18, 1.7 pm, 2.1x30 mm column eiuting with a gradient of 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN in0.1% Formic acid in water. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.11 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.11-2.15 minutes with a flush from 2.15-2.56 minutes. A column re-equilibration to 5% MeCN is from 2.56-2.83 minutes. UV spectra of
the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an
Acquity QDa detector with ESI pos/neg switching.
Method 2b: Waters Acquity BEH C18, 1.7 pm, 2,1x30 mm column eluting with a gradient of MeCN in 5 aqueous 10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate. The gradient is structured with a starting point of 5% MeCN held from 0.0-0.11 minutes. The gradient from 5-95% occurs between 0.11-2.15 minutes with a fîush from 2.15-2.56 minutes. A column re-equifibration to 5% MeCN is from 2.56-2.83 minutes. UV spectra of the eluted peaks were measured using an Acquity PDA and mass spectra were recorded using an Acquity Q.Da detector with ESI pos/neg switching.
Analytical LCMS (other methods}
Method 3. Liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS), HRM5 data was obtained to verify molecular mass and analyze purity of products. The spécifications of the LC/MS instrument are the 15 following: Water UPLC, electrospray (+) ionization, mass range of 100-1000 Da, 20V cône voltage, Acquity BEH C-18 column (2.1 x 50mm, 1.7 pm), and gradient mobile phase consisting of 5 mM ammonium acetate in water and acetonitrile, and a flow rate of 0.6 mL/min.
UPLC-MS analysis conditions: Column: Acquity HS5-T3 (2.1X100 mm, 1.8 pm). Mobile phase: A -0.1% TFA in water; B - acetonitrile: Flow mode: Gradient
TIME A B
0.0 90.0 10.0
1.0 90.0 10.0
2.0 85.0 15.0
4.5 45.0 55.0
6.0 10.0 90.0
8.0 lû.û 90.0
9.0 90.0 10.0
10.0 90.0 10.0
Flow: 0.3 mL/min; UV MAx: 214.0 nm; Column TemP. 30 °C.
Method 4. Method info : A: 0.1% TFA IN H2O , B:0.1% TFA IN ACN ; Flow Rate:1.0 mL/min; COLUMN:
Atlantis dC18 (50x4.6mm, 52), positive mode
TIME %B
0 05
8.0 100
8.1 100
8.5
10.0 05
Préparative HPLC
Préparative HPLC was carried out using a Waters Xselect CSH C18, 5 pm, 19x50 mm column using either a gradient of either 0.1% Formic Acid in MeCN in 0.1% aqueous Formic Acid or a gradient of MeCN in aqueous 10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate; or a Waters Xbridge BEH C18, 5 pm, 19x50 mm column using a gradient MeCN in aqueous 10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate. Fractions were coliected following détection by UV at a single wavelength measured by a variable wavelength detector on a Gilson 215 préparative HPLCorVarian PrepStar préparative HPLC; by mass and UV at a single wavelength measured by a ZQ single quadrupole mass spectrometer, with positive and négative ion electrospray, and a dual wavelength detector on a Waters FractionLynx LCMS or Manual Prep System :-Waters 2545 Quatemary gradient Module with UV -Visible 2489 Detector. HPLC System: Waters Alliance 2695 with 2998/2996 PDA detector. SFC Prep - Waters SFC 200q with 2545 Quaternary Gradient Pump and 2489 UV-Vis Detector. Autopurification System - Waters 2767 Injector with 2545 Binary gradient pump and 2489UV/ 2998 PDA detectors and Agitent 1260 Autopurification with Binary Pump and DAD detector.
Préparative Chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography
Method la; Chiralpak® IA (Daicel Ltd.) column (2x 25 cm), flow rate 13.5 mL min-1 eluting with a mixture of (% of éthanol) éthanol in a 4:1 mixture of heptane + 0.2%TFA and chloroform, UV détection at 254 nm. Samples were loaded onto the column via an at-column dilution pump, pumping chloroform (1.5 mL min-1) for the duration of the run, giving a combined flow rate of 15 mL min'1.
Method Ib: Chiralpak® IC (Daicel Ltd.) column (2x 25 cm), flow rate 13.5 mL min1 eluting with a mixture of (% of éthanol) éthanol in heptane + 0.2% diethylamine , UV détection at 254 nm. Samples were loaded onto the column via an at-column dilution pump, pumping chloroform (1.5 mL min'1) for the duration ofthe run, giving a combined flow rate of 15 mL min Λ
Analytical Chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography
Method lia: Chiralpak® IA (Daicel Ltd.) column (4.6 mm x 25 mm), flow rate 1 mL min-1 eluting with a mixture of (% of éthanol) éthanol în a 4:1 mixture of îsohexane + 0.2%TFA and chioroform, UV détection at 254 nm.
Method H b: Chiralpak® IC (Daicel Ltd.) column (4.6 mm x 25 mm), flow rate 1 mL min-1 eluting with a mixture of (% of éthanol) éthanol in isohexane + 0.2% diethylamine, UV détection at 254 nm.
1 H NMR Spectroscopy ΧΗ NMR Spectra were acquired on a Bruker Avance lil spectrometer at 300 MHz or 400 MHz using residual undeuterated solvent as reference.
Exemple 1. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(3-amino-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 8).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) K2CO31 EtOHh reflux; b) Fe, NH4CL EtOH, H2O, reflux;
c) HATU, DIPEA, DMFd RT; d) Pd-162, NCy2Meh Bu4NC], 1,4-dioxane, 80 ÙC; e) TFA, DCM, RT
N-Methyl·N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 6) was prepared as described in 20 AFFINIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. - WO2007/67416, 2007, A2 and/or VITAS PHARMA RESEARCH PRIVATE LIMITED, WO2013/42035, 2013, Al patents.
Step 1· (S)-3-((5-Bromo-2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid (compound 3). A mixture of (S)-3-amino-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 1 (0.83 g, 4.07 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.13 g, 8.15 mmol) and 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-nitropyridine 2 (0.6 g, 2.72
mmol) in a solvent of éthanol (70 mL) was heated under reflux for 2 hours, The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue taken up into water (20 mL). The mixture was acidified to pH 3 by the addition of a solution of IM HCl. The aqueous was extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organics were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 3 as a yellow solid (1 g, 87%). R* 1.94 min (Method la) m/z 349/351 [M - tBu]+ (ES*); 403/405 [M - H]' (ESj. NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 12.94 (s, 1H), 8.11-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.79 (dt, J = 14.1, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (ddd, J = 14.4 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.32 (s, 9H).
Step 2. (S)-3-((2-Amino-5-bromopyridîn-3-yl)amino)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid (compound 4). A mixture of (S)-3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 3 (1 g, 2.47 mmol), iron powder (0.55 g, 9.87 mmol) and ammonium chloride (1.32 g, 24.7 mmol) in a solvent mixture of éthanol (70 mL) and water (20 mL) was heated and stirred under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of Celite* while hot and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue was triturated with water (30 mL). The solid was collected and dried to afford the title compound 4 as a buff solid (0.83 g, 85%). R1 0.75 min (Method 2a) m/z 375/377 [M + H]+ (ES+); 373/375 [M - H]' (ES ).
Step 3. (S)-tert-Butyl (8-bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrîdo[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)carbamate (compound 5). To a solution of (S)-3-((2-amino-5-bromopyndin3-yl)amino)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 4 (0.83 g, 2.22 mmol) and DIPEA (1.16 mL, 6.65 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (1.27 g, 3.33 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour, diluted with water (20 mL). The solid was collected and purified by silica chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 5 as a tan solid (0.41 g, 50%). R11.18 min (Method 2a) m/z 257/259 [M + H - CO^Bu]* (ES*); 355/357 [M - H]' (ES ). Hd NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6, ppm 10.16 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.46 (ddd, J = 11.7, 6.5, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
Step 4. (S,E)-tert-Butyl (8-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amîno)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-4oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)carbamate (compound 7). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (257 mg, 1.12 mmol), (S)-tertbutyl (8-bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepîn-3-yl)carbamate 5 (400 mg, 1.12 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (33 mg, 0.11 mmol), [P(tBu)3]Pd(crotyl)Cl (Pd-162) (44 mg, 0.11 mmol). The reaction vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins. 1,4-Dioxane (15 mL) and Ncyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (0.48 mL, 2.24 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for a further 5 mins. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and the mixture evaporated to dryness. The crude product was triturated with isohexane (20 mL) the solid was collected and purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 7 as a yellow solid (0.47 mg, 81%). R‘ 2.92 min (Method la) m/z 506 [M + H]+ (ES+). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363 K): 5, ppm 9.40 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J = 9.3 Hz, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (ddd, J = 12.3 Hz, 6.1 Hz, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 2H).
Step 5. (S,E)-3-(3-Amino-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 8). To a solution of (S,E)-tert-butyl (8-(3(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)carbamate 7 (125 mg, 0.25 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) and the mixture stirred at RT for 30 mins. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue suspended in an aqueous solution of saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and sonicated for 10 mins. The solid was collected and purified by silica chromatography (0-10% (0.7M NH3 in MeOH)/DCM) to afford the title compound 8 as a yellow solid (51 mg, 50%). R‘ 1.09 min (Method 2b) m/z 406 [M + H]+ (ES+). Ψ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363 K): δ, ppm 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 2.4 H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, 0.6H), 6.04 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 0.8H), 4.80 (s, 1.2H), 3.51 (s, 1H), 3.41 (ddd, J = 11.9 Hz, 6.3 Hz, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (s, 2.7 H), 2.95 (s, 1.3H), 2.27 {d, J = 3.6 Hz, 3H), 1.87 (d, J - 5.3 Hz, 2H) (rotamers).
Example 2. Synthesis of (E)-3-((R)-3-({2S,6R)-2,6-dimethytmorpholino)-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl·N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yi)methyl)acrylamide (compound 21).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions; a) (Boc)2O, NaOH /THF, 0 °C; b) K2C03, Mel, DMFh; c) TsCI, DMAP, TEA. DCM, 0 “C; d) K2CO31 50 °C; e) TFA, 0 °C; f) KSCO3, reflux; g) Fe, AcOH, 90 ”C; h} LiOH, THF:H2O, RT; i) HATU, Hunig's base, DMF;
j) Pd-162, Bu4NCI, Cy2NMe, 80 °C; k) Chiralpak IC column, 20% EtOH in 4:1 isohexane + 0,2% Et2NH:CHCI3
Step 1. 3-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-hydroxypropanoic acid (compound 10). To a stirred solution of 3-amino-2-hydroxypropanoic acid 9 (0.5 g, 4.8 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added NaOH (0.2 g, 4.8 5 mmol) in H2O (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at Û °C for 1 h and di-tert-butyf dicarbonate (1.1 g, 5.2 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room température and stirred o/n. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of IM HCl solution (5 mL) at 0 °C to adjust to pH~6. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude title compound 10 as a colourless solid (0.8 g, 82%).
NMR (400 MHz, CDCh): δ, ppm 5.13 (s, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.37 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
Step 2. Methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-hydroxypropanoate (compound 11). To a stirred solution of 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-hydroxypropanoic acid 10 (0.47 g, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added K2CO3 (0.34 g, 2.5 mmol) followed by Mel (0.16 mL, 2.5 mmol), The reaction mixture was 15 stirred at room température for 72 hours and quenched by addition of water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3x5 mL),
and brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude title compound 11 as a yellow oil (0.28 g, 56%) which was used in the next step without further purification. ’H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ, ppm 4.86 (d, J = 16.3 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.43 (ddd, J = 7.3 Hz, 4.7 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
Step 3. Methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(tosyloxy)propanoate (compound 12). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-hydroxypropanoate 11 (0.17 g, 0.78 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TEA (0.54 mL, 3.88 mmol), 4-methylbenzene-l-sulfonyl chloride (0.30 g, 1.55 mmol), and catalytic amount of DMAP (9.5 mg, 0.08 mmol) at 0 'C. After 15 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room température and stirred o/n. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 10% citric acid (5 mL), then diluted with EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 12 as a colourless oil (0.26 g, 68%). R‘ 2.22 min (Method la) m/z 274 [M + H - Boc]+ (ES+). 2Η NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ, ppm 7.79-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 2H), 4.89 (dt, J = 14.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H).
Step 4. Methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyi)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoate (compound 14). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(tosyloxy)propanoate 12 (0.26 g, 0.68 mmol) in MeCN (4 mL) was added (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylmorpholine 13 (0.13 mL, 1.02 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (0.28 g, 2.05 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 “C o/n. LC/MS showed incomplète reaction, a further aliquot of K2CO3 (200 mg) and (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylmorpholine 13 (0.126 mL, 1.024 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred at 50 °C for a further 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température. H2O (5 mL) was added and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic phase were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude title compound 14 as a colourless thick oil (73 mg, 34%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ, ppm 4.83 (s, 1H), 3.68 (s, 4H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.47 (m, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.08 (dd, J = 6.3 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 6H).
Step 5. Methyl 3-amino-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoate (compound 15). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoate 14 (73 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 ’C and allowed to warm to room température, and stirred o/n. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting oil was taken up în MeOH ί 10 mL) and applied to an SCX column. The column was washed with methanol (20 mL) and the product eluted with 10% methanolic ammonia (20 mL) and afforded the title compound 15 as a colourless oil (61 mg, quant, yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh): 6, ppm 5.34 (s, IH), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.66-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.15 (m, IH), 2.95-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.58 (ddt, J = 11.2 Hz, 6.9 Hz, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (dd, J = 11.3 Hz, 10.0 Hz, IH), 1.90 (dd, J = 11.4 Hz, 10.0 Hz, IH), 1.08 (dd, J = 6.3 Hz, 2.8 Hz, 6H).
Step 6. Methyl 3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyimorpholino) propanoate (compound 16). To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-nitropyridine 2 (62 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added methyl 3-amino-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoate 15 (61 mg, 0.28 mmol) followed by potassium carbonate (78 mg, 0.56 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 2 h. The reaction mass was allowed to cool to room température. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL), passed through a phase separator, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 16 as a yellow solid (88 mg, 75%). R1 1.44 min (Method 2a) m/z 417/419 [M + H]* (ES*). ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6); 6, ppm 8.20 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 3.70 (m, 3H), 3.62-3.45 (m, SH), 2.75 (t, J = 10.7 Hz, 3H), 2.39 (t, J = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 1.84 (t, J = 10.6 Hz, IH), 1.05 (dd, J = 11.9 Hz, 6.3 Hz, 6H).
Step 7. Methyl 3-({2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino) propanoate (compound 17). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylmorpholino)propanoate 16 (88 mg, 0.21 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) was added acetic acid (0.24 mL, 4.22 mmol) followed by iron powder (0.12 g, 2.11 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température and neutralised to pH 8 with solid NaHCCb. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with HzO (5 mL), passed through a hydrophobie frit, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 17 as a brown solid (79 mg, 96 %). Rf 0.74 min (Method 2a) m/z 387/389 [M + H]* (ES*).
Step 8. 3-((2-Amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-{(2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)propanoic acid (compound 18). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylmorpholino)propanoate 17 (79 mg, 0.20 mmol) în THF (0.5 mL) was added a solution of LiOH
(24 mg, 1.02 mmol) in H2O (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room température for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated to dryness to give the title compound 18 as a brown solid (80 mg, quant, yield) which was used in the next step without further purification. R* 0.33 min (Method 2a) m/z 373/375 (M + H]+(ES+).
Step 9. 8-8romo~3-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholÎno)-l,2,3,5-Îetrahydro-4H-pyrido[2,3-bni,4]diazepin4-one (compound 19). To a stirred solution of 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridîn-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylmorpholino)propanoic acid 18 (76 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added DIPEA (0.11 mL, 0.61 mmol) followed by HATU (0.12 g, 0.30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room température for 1 h. An aq. solution of NH4CI (2 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with DCM (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with HzO (3x5 mL), passed through a hydrophobie frit, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 19 as a yellow solid (47 mg, 64%) which was used in the next step without further purification. R* 1.09 min (Method la) m/z 355/357 [M + H]+ (ES+). *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ, ppm 9.87-9.77 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.34-6.20 (m, 1H), 3.60 (dt, J = 12.8 Hz, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.49-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.09 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 1H), 0.99 (dd, J = 16.8 Hz, 6.3 Hz, 6H).
Step 10. (E)-3-(3-((2S,6R)-2,6-Dimethylmorpholino)-4Oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyndo(2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 20). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (31 mg, 0.13 mmol), 8-bromo-3-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)-2,3-dihydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-4(5H)one 19 (47 mg, 0.13 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (4 mg, 0.01 mmol), [P(tBuh]Pd(crotyl)Cl (Pd-162) (5 mg, 0.01 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins. 1,4Dioxane (2 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (0.06 mL, 0.27 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for a further 5 mins. The mixture was heated to 80 'C for 2 h and allowed to cool to room température. The solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (5 mL) and a solution of NH4CI (5 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound as a racemic mixture of 20 as a yellow solid (43 mg, 59%). R‘ 1.06 min (Method 2a) m/z 504 [M + H]+ (ES*). Ψ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): 6, ppm 9.83 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 62.9 Hz, 2H), 3.62-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.30-2.94 (m, • 6H), 2.85 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.91 (dt, J = 36.4 Hz, 10.5 Hz, 2H), 0.99 (dd, J = 11.3 Hz, 6.2 Hz,
6H).
Step 11. (E)-3-((R)-3-((2S,6R)-2,6-Dimethylmorpholino)-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,35 b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 21). Chiral séparation of compound 20. The enantiomers were separated by chiral prep HPLC. Chirality of 21 was arbitrarily assigned. R[ 1.66 min (Method la) m/z 504 [M + H]+ (ES+). XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): 6, ppm 9.24 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.63-3.44 (m, 2H}, 3.37-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.20 (d, J - 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.91-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.00 (dt, J = 19.6 Hz, 10.6 Hz, 2H), 1.030.99 (m, 6H).
Example 3. Synthesis of (S,E)-N-methyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa-6azaspiro[3.3Jheptan-6-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4}diazepin-8-yl)acrylamide (compound 15 35).
General Synthetic Scheme.
32 33
Réaction conditions: a) CI2CHOMb. OCIj, DCM; b) PhCH2NHMe Ne(0Ac)aBH, DCE; c) Pd/C. H2. MeOH, Aq. HCl; d) acryloyl chloride. TE A, THF; e) K2CO3, SO *C; f) TFA, 0 *C; g) THF, K2CO3, reflux; h) Fe. AcOH. 90 'C; 1} LiOH, THF:H2O, RT; j) HATU. Hunig’s base, DMF. RT; k) Pd-162. Bu4NCI, Cy2NMe 80 C; I) Chiralpak IA, 20% ElOH In 4:1 ί-hexane + 0.2% Et2NH:CHCI3
Step 1. 2-Methylbenzofuran-3-carbaldehyde (compound 23). To a solution of 5 dichloro(methoxy)methane (5.1 mL, 56.7 mmol) and 2-methylbenzofuran 22 (5.0 g, 37.8 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) stirred at 0 °C was added dropwise tin(IV) chloride (IM in DCM) {60.5 mL, 60.5 mmol) over 30 mins. Upon completion of addition the mixture was allowed to warm to RT over 30 mins, then poured onto ice cold saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 mL). The mixture was extracted into DCM (2 x 100 mL) and the organlcs separated and dried. Filtration and évaporation gave the crude 10 product which was purified by silica chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 23 as a yellow solid {5.30 g, 86%). JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ, ppm 10.16 {s, 1H), 8.06-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.35 {m, 1H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
Step 2. N-Benzyl-N-methy!-l-(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yi)methanamine {compound 24). To a solution of 15 2-methylbenzofuran-3-carbaldehyde 23 (1.00 g, 6.24 mmol) and N-methyl-l-phenylmethanamine (0.98 mL, 7.49 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) was added sodium trîacetoxyborohydride {1.99 g, 9.37 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and évaporation gave the title compound 24 as a pale yellow oil (1.60 g, 94% yield) which was used without further purification. Ψ NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d6): δ, ppm 7.63-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H).
Step 3. N-Methyl-l-(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride (compound 25). A mixture of N-benzyl-N-methyl-l-(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methanamine 24 (1.60 g, 6.03 mmol) and Pd-C 87L 5% on carbon (0.64 g, 6.03 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) acidified to pH 1 with IM hydrochloric acid was hydrogenated at 5 bar and left to stir at RT for 18 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to give the title compound 25 as a white solid (737 mg, 56%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): 6, ppm 9.24 (s, 2H), 7.89-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H).
Step 4. N-Methyl-N-({2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 26). To a suspension of Nmethyl-l-(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride 25 (300 mg, 1.42 mmol) and triethylamine (600 pL, 4.25 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (154 mg, 1.70 mmol) dropwise at RT over 15 mins. The mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hour and then poured onto water (30 mL). The organic solvent was removed by rotary évaporation to give a solid. This solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (10 mL) and dried to give the title compound 26 (316 mg, 95%) as a colourless solid. R* 1.94 min (Method lb) m/z 230 [M + H]+ (ES+).
Step 5. Methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate (compound 28). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(tosyloxy)propanoate 12 (1 g, 2.7 mmol) in MeCN (4 mL) was added 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (hemioxalate) 27 (0.40 g, 4.0 mmol) followed by K2CO2 (1.1 g, 8.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 28 as a colourless oil (0.33 g, 42%). *H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ, ppm 5.04 (dd, J = 9.5 Hz, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s, 3H), 3.93-3.61 (m, 8H), 3.53-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.15 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
Step 6. Methyl 3-amino-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate (compound 29). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate 28 (0.33 g, 1.11 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) at 0 “C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 C and allowed to warm to room température and stirred for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting oil was taken up in MeOH (10 mL) and applied to an SCX column. The column was washed with methanol (20 mL) and the product eluted with 10% methanolic ammonia (20 mL) and afforded the title compound 29 as a colourless oil (0.16 g, 72%). ΣΗ NMR (400
MHz, CDCIj): δ, ppm 4.79-4.69 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.44 (m, 4Hk 3.09 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.972.92 (m, 1H).
Step 7. Methyl 3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyndin-3-yl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate (compound 30). To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-nitropyridine 2 (62.3 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added methyl 3-amino-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate 29 (0.16 g, 0.8 mmol) followed by potassium carbonate (0.22 g, 1.61 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL), passed through a phase separator, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 30 as a yellow solid (0.15 g, 45%). R‘ 0.90 min (Method la) m/z 401/403 [M + H]+ (ES*). XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6, ppm 7.98 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.58 (m, 4H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.41 (m,7H).
Step 8. Methyl 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate (compound 31). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyridîn-3-yl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoate 30 (0.15 g, 0.36 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was added acetic acid (0.42 mL, 7.28 mmol) followed by iron powder (0.20 g, 3.64 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 30 mîn. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température and neutralised to pH 8 with solid NaHCO3. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H2O (5 mL), passed through a hydrophobie frit, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 31 as a brown solid (0.13 g, 96 %). R‘ 0.15 min (Method 2a) m/z 371/373 [M + H]+ (ES*).
Step 9. 3-((2-Amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoic acid (compound 32). To a stirred solution of methyl 3-{(2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylmorpholino)propanoate 31 (0.13 g, 0.35 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (42 mg, 1.75 mmol) in H2O (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room température for 30 min. The solvent was evaporated to dryness to give the title compound 32 (0.13 g, 0.35 mmol) as a white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification. R* 0.15 mîn (Method 2a) m/z 357/359 [M + H]+ (ES*).
Step 10. 8-Bromo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptdn-6-yl)-l,2,3,5-tetrahydro-4H-pvrido(2,3b][l,4]diazepin-4-one (compound 33). To a stirred solution of 3-((2-amino-S-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)propanoic acid 32 (0.13 g, 0.35 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added
DIPEA (0.18 mL, 1.05 mmol) followed by HATU (0.2 g, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room température for 1 h. Water (2 mL) was added, the aqueous phase was separated, and extracted with DCM (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H2O (3x5 mL), passed through a hydrophobie frit, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 33 as a yellow solid (0.06 g, 52%). R10.26 min (Method 2a) m/z 339/341 [M + H]+ (ES+). Ψ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 9.82 (s,
1H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 4H), 3.43-3.35 (m,
4H), 3.29 (ddd, J = 12.7 Hz, 5.2 Hz, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 1H).
Step 11. (E)-N-Methyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)acrylamide (compound 34). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide 26 (42 mg, 0.18 mmol), 8bromo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-y!)-l,2,3,5-tetrahydro-4H-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-4-one 33 (0.06 g, 0.18 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (5 mg, 0.02 mmol), [P(tBuh]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd162) (7 mg, 0.02 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins. 1,4-Dioxane (3 mL) and Ncyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (0.08 mL, 0.37 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for a further 5 mins. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 1 h and allowed to cool to room température. The solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (5 mL) and H2O (5 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL). The combined organic phases were passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound 34 as a racemic mixture (yellow solid).
Step 12. (S,E)-N-MethYl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan6-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)acrylamide (compound 35). The enantiomers were separated by chiral prep HPLC using Method la. Chirality of 35 was arbitrarily assigned. The title 30 first eluting isomer (25 mg, 26%) was isolated. R‘ 019 min (Method lia) min R‘ 0.85 min (Method 2a) m/z
488 [M + H]+ (ES+). ’H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-de): δ, ppm 9.22 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.04 (m, 1H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 4H), 3.47-3.41 (m, 4H), 3.35 (ddd, J = 12.7 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J = 7.5 Hz, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 3H).
Example 4. Synthesis of (E)-3-(3-acetamido-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8yl)-N-methyl-N’((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acryiamide (compound 42}.
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) TEA, EtOH, reflux; b) Fe, NH4Ci, EtOH, H2O, reflux; c) HATU, DIPEA, DMF; d) TFA, DCM; e) AcCl, TEA. 0 ’C to RT; f) Pd-162, NCy2Me, Bu4NCI, 1,4-dioxane, 80 °C.
Step 1. 3-((S-BromO’2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid (compound 37). A mixture of 3-amino-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 36 (0.51 g, 2.49 mmol), triethylamine (1.60 mL, 11.2 mmol) and 5-bromo-3-fiuoro-2-nitropyridine 2 (0.5 g, 2,26 mmol} in EtOH (50 mL) was heated under reflux for 2 h. The réaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue taken up into water (20 mL). The mixture was acidified to pH 3 by the addition of a solution of
IM HCl. The aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) and the organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 37 as a yellow solid (0.87 g, 90%). R11.88 min (Method la) m/z 403/405 [M - H]' (ES‘).
Step 2. 3-((2-Amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino}-2’((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid (compound 38). A mixture of 3-((5-bromo~2-nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 37 (0.87 g, 2.15 mmol), iron powder (0.48 g, 8.59 mmol) and ammonium chloride (1.15 g, 21.5 mmol) in a solvent mixture of EtOH (80 mL} and water (20 mL) was heated and stirred under reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of Celite® while hot and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue was triturated with water (30 mL) and the resulting solid was collected and dried to afford the title compound 38 as a buff solid (0.44 g, 52%). R1 0.83 min (Method 2a) m/z 375/377 [M + H]* (ES+). 2H NMR (DMSO-d6): 5, ppm 12.77 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (s, 2H), 5.11 (s, IHb 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 5 3.36 (d, J - 5.7 Hz, 2Hh 1.39 (s, 9H).
Step 3. tert-Butyl (8-bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)carbamate (compound 39). To a solution of 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-y!)amîno)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid 38 (0.44 g, 1.17 mmol) and DIPEA (0.61 ml, 3.52 mmol) in DMF (8.0 mL) was added HATU (0.54 g, 1.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, then was diluted with water (50 mL). The resulting solid was collected and purified by chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 39 as a white solid (0.37 g, 85%). R11.79 min (Method la) m/z 355/357 [M-HJ-(ES).
Step 4. 3-Amino-8-bromo-2,3-dîhydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-4(5H)-one 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (compound 40). tert-Butyl (8-bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3yl)carbamate 39 (365 mg, 1.02 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of TFA (5.0 mL) and DCM (5.0 mL) and allowed to stand at RT for 20 mins. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue triturated with acetonitrile (10 mL). The resulting solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give the title compound 40 as a white solid (0.31 g, 78%). R‘ 0.95 min (Method la) m/z 257/259 [M + H]* (ES*). *H NMR (DMSO-de): 6, ppm 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 3H), 7.82 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J = 7.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (ddd, J = 12.3, 7.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (ddd, J = 11.9, 10.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H).
Step 5. N-(8-Bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)acetamide (compound 41). To an ice cooled suspension of 3-amino-8-bromo-2,3-dihydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-4(5H)one 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 40 (310 mg, 0.64 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TEA (445 pL, 3.20 mmol) and to this mixture was added dropwise a solution of acetyl chloride (45 pL, 0.64 mmol) in DCM {1.0 mL). Upon completion of addition the mixture was allowed to warm to RT and then was washed with water (20 ml). The organics were separated and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the tîtle compound 41 as a brown solid (69 mg, 33%). R' 1.05 min (Method la) m/z 299/301 (M+H)* (ES*); 297/299 [M - H]' (ES ). NMR (DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 10.20 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),
6.41 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.44 (ddd, J = 10.4, 7.3, 3.3 Hz, IH), 3.46 (ddd, J = 11.7, 6.6, 3.4 Hz, IH), 3.31 (ddd, J = 11.7,10.0,1.5 Hz, IH), 1.89 (s, 3H).
Step 6. (E)-3-(3-Acetamido-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl·N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyi)acrylamide (compound 42). A reaction vial was charged with N-methylN-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (42 mg, 0,18 mmol), N-(8-bromo-4-oxo-2,3,4,5tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)acetamide 41 (55 mg, 0.18 mmol), NBuîCI (5 mg, 0.02 mmol) and [P(tBu)3]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd-162) (7 mg, 0.02 mmol) and the vial was flushed with N2 (5 mins), 1,4-Dioxane (5.0 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (79 μί, 0.37 mmol) were then added and the reaction mixture was purged agaîn with N; (5 mins), then the mixture was heated to 80 “C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with 1,4-dioxane (2.0 mL).The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the title compound 42 as a yellow solid (34 mg, 40%). R* 1.71 min (Method la) m/z 448 [M + H]* (ES+). JH NMR (DMSO-ds, 363 K): δ, ppm 9.68 (s, IH), δ 8.05 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.86-7.79 (m, IH), 7.56 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.50-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, IH), 5.93 (dd, J = 6.5, 2.3 Hz, IH), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.50 (ddd, J = 10.3, 7.3, 3.5 Hz, IH), 3.56-3.50 (m, IH), 3.32 (ddd, J = 11.9, 9.6, 2.3 Hz, IH), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H).
Example 5. Synthesis of (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-amino-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3b][l,4)d)azepin-8-yl)-N-methyl·N-¢(3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 52).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) SCCI,. MeOH. 0 C to 65 ’C; b) Trt-CI. NEtj, DCM. 0 ’C to RT; c) DIAD, PPh3, DPPA, THF. 0 C to RT; d) i) 1M HCl, THF, 0 C to RT; II) Boc,O, NEt31 DCM; e) PPh3. H2O. THF, 60 ’C; f) NEt3, MeCN. 60 ’C; g) Fe. NH4CI, EtOH, H2O, 90 ’C; h) NaH, DMF, 0 ’Cto RT; i) I) Pd-116, DIPEA. 1,4-Dioxane. 90 ’C; ii) TFA, DCM.
Step 1. (2S,3S)-Methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxybutanoate hydrochloride (compound 44). Thionyl chloride (1.9 mL, 26.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of (2S,3S)-2-amino-3-hydroxybutanoic acid 5 43 (3 g, 25.2 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was allowed to return to RT and was stirred for 30 mins. The reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 1 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT and was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with MTBE (50 mL) and the resulting white gummy solid 44 (4.99 g, quant) was used in the next step without further purification. NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.36 (qd, J = 6.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 10 1.32 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). Exchangeable protons not observed.
Step 2. (2S,3S)-Methyl 3-hydroxy-2-(tritylamino)butanoate (compound 45). TEA (5.3 mL, 37.8 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of (2S,3S)-methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxybutanoate hydrochloride 44 (4.27 g, 25.2 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 ’C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min. A solution 15 of trityl chloride (7.4 g, 26.5 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was then added and the reaction was allowed to return to RT and was stirred for 72 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the fîltrate was washed with NaHCO3 (100 mL, Sat Aq). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with Brine (1 x 100 mL), dried using a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-50% 20 EtÛAc/isohexane) to glve the desired product 45 as a white solid (3.55 g, 37%).
R* 2.52 min (Method la) m/z 398 (M + Na)+ (ES+); NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-ds) 6 6 7.49 - 7.40 (m, 6H),
7.31 - 7.24 (m, 6H), 7.21 - 7.15 (m, 3H), 4.96 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J = 10.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.89 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 1.07 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. (2S,3R)-Methyl 3-azido-2-(tritylamino)butanoate (compound 46). A solution of DIAD (2.90 mL, 14.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of (2S,3S)-methyl 3-hydroxy-2(tritylamino)butanoate 45 (3.5 g, 9.32 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.67 g, 14.0 mmol) in THF (45 mL) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min. A solution of diphenyl phosphorazidate (3.3 mL, 15.4 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was then added and the reaction was allowed to return to RT and was stirred 10 for “Ί6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (015% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the desired product 46 as a colourless oil (2.05 g, 47%). R‘ 2.69 min (Method la) m/z 423 (M + Na)+ (ES+); XH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.46 - 7.39 (m, 6H), 7.32 - 7.26 (m, 6H), 7.24 - 7.16 (m, 3H), 3.90 (p, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.30 - 3.26 (m, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 3H). Amine proton not observed.
Step 4. (2S,3R)-Methyl 3-azido-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butanoate (compound 47). HCl (4.12 mL, 16.5 mmol, 4M in Dioxane) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of (2S,3R)-methyl 3-azido-2(trityiamino)butanoate 46 (0.66 g, 1.65 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting solid was triturated with MTBE (10 mL) and 20 coliected by filtration to give a fluffy white solid (0.35 g, quant). The intermediate was suspended in
DCM (10 mL) and triethylamine (0.69 mL, 4.94 mmol) followed by Boc20 (0.36 g, 1.65 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for ~16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the desired product 47 as a colourless oîl (0.32 g, 72%). Ψ NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.37 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.9 25 Hz, 1H), 4.12 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.19 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Step 5. (2S,3R)-Methyl 3-amino-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amîno}butanoate (compound 48).
Triphenylphosphine (0.65 g, 2.48 mmol) and water (0.09 mL, 4.96 mmol) were added to a stirred solution of (2S,3R)-methyl 3-azido-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyî)amino)butanoate 47 (0.32 g, 1.24 mmol) in 30 THF (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C and stirred for ~16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then NaHCOj (40 mL, Sat Aq) was added and the aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with Brine (1 x 40 mL), dried using MgS04, concentrated in vacuo and applied to a SCX column. The SCX column was washed ao with MeOH (30 mL) and the product was eluted with methanolic ammonia and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product 48 as a colourless oil (0.24 g, 78%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J - 8.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 - 3.10 (m, 1H), 1.52 (s, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, J — 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Step 6. (2S,3R)-Methyl 3-((5-bromo-2-nitropyridin-3-yl}amino)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl}amino)butanoate (compound 49). A mixture of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-njtropyridine 2 (0.22 g, 0.99 mmol), (2S,3R)-methyl 3amino-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butanoate 48 (0.23 g, 0.99 mmol) and triethylamine (0.55 mL, 3.96 mmol) in a solvent of MeCN (5 mL) was stirred at 80 C for 5 h and at RT for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the desired product 49 as a yellow oil (0.37 g, 82%).
R* 1.80 min (Method la) m/z 377/379 (M - tBu)+ (ES+); ’H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 6 7.98 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.44 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Step 7. (2S,3R)-Methyl 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-yl)amino)’2’((tertbutoxycarbonyi)amino)butanoate (compound 50). A mixture of (2S,3R)-methyl 3-((5-bromo-2nitropyridin-3-yl)amino)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butanoate 49 (0.37 g, 0.85 mmol), iron powder (0.38 g, 6.83 mmol) and NH4CI (0.18 g, 3.42 mmol) in a mixture of EtOH (10 mL) and H2O (2.5 mL) was heated and stirred at 90 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite®, the cake was washed with EtOH (50 mL) and the fittrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to give the desired product 50 as a brown oil (0.22 g, 52%). R‘ 1.43 min (Method la) m/z 403/405 (M+H)+ (ES+); Ψ NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.31 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (s, 2H), 4.53 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J = 9.3, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.11 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Step 8. tert-Butyl ((2R,3S)-8-bromo-2-methy!-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3yl)carbamate (compound 51). NaH (50 mg, 1.23 mmol, 60% in minerai oil) was added to a stirred solution of (2S,3R)-methyl 3-((2-amino-5-bromopyridin’3-yl)amino)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)butanoate 50 (0.17 g, 0.41 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C. The réaction mixture was allowed to return to RT and was stirred for 1.5 h, then the reaction was quenched with water (50 mL). The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to give the desired product as an off-white solid (72 mg, 47%). The aqueous filtrate was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the combined
organic layers were washed with Brine (1 x 50 mL), dried with MgSCU and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (EtOAc/isohexane) to give a further portion of the desired product 51 as a white solid (36 mg, 23%). R’ 1.91 min (Method la) m/z 315/317 (M-tBu)+ (ES+); 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMS0-d6) 6 10.29 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38 - 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.69 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.10 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Step 9. (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-Amino-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,S-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b)[l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 52). A mixture of N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (43 mg, 0.19 mmol), tert-butyl ((2R,3S)-8-bromo-2-methyl4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3-yl)carbamate 51 (70 g, 0.19 mmol) and Pd-116 (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) was evacuated and backfilled with Ni three times. 1,4-Dioxane (2 mL) and D1PEA (0.10 mL, 0.57 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then H2O (20 mL) was added and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the intermediate product 52 as a yellow solid (63 mg, 63%). The solid was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and TFA (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo and NaHCO3 (20 mL, Sat Aq) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred for 1 h. The aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM/10%MeOH (3 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 x 30 mL), dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (010% MeOH(0.7M NH3)/DCM) to give the desired product 52 as a yellow solid (36 mg, 44%). R‘ 1.31 min (Method la) m/z 420 (M+HHES*); *Η NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363K) δ 9.53 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 - 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.48 - 7.38 (m, 3H), 7.31 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.73 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.63 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 2H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Example 6. Synthesis of (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-amino-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-((7-amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 62).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) K2CO3, MeCN, reflux, then aq. NaOH, THF, reflux; b) NaOAc, Ac20, reflux; c) dichloro(methoxy)methane, SnCl4 1M in DCM, DCM, 0 C to RT; d) i) NH2Me, STAB, EtOH; li) Βοο,Ο. DMAP, DCM;e) Pd2(dba)îr Xantphos, Cs2CO3, PhCh3,110 °C; f) f) TFA, DCM; iï) acryloyl chloride, TEA, DCM, Q ’C to RT; g) i) Pd-116, DIPEA, 1,4-Oioxane, 90 •C: ii)TFA, DCM; iii) HCl.
Step 1. 2-(2-Bromo-6-formylphenoxy)propanoic acid (compound 55), K2CO3 (13.8 g, 99 mmol) was 5 added in one portion to a stirred solution of 3-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde 53 (10 g, 49,7 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromopropanoate 54 (5.9 mL, 45,2 mmol) in MeCN (80 mL) and the réaction was heated to reflux for 3 h. The réaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, was filtered to remove K2CO3 and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and a solution of NaOH (2M in H2O, 57 mL, 113 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, then cooled to RT and 10 concentrated in vacuo. The remaining aqueous material was acidifîed to pH 1 by dropwise addition of concentrated HCl and the product precipitated. The product was collected by filtration and dried by azeotroping with MeCN (2 * 50 mL) to give the desired product 55 as an orange oil which crystalfised on standing to give an off-white solid (13.5 g, 99% yield). R‘ 1.19 min (Method 2a) m/z 273/275 [M + H]+ (ES*). ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ, ppm 13.23 (s, 1H), 10.41 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J - 7.9, 1.7 15 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (td, J = 7.8 Hz, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H}, 1.60 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 2. 7-Bromo-2-methylbenzofuran (compound 56). A mixture of 2-(2-bromo-6formylphenoxyjpropanoic acid 55 (13 g, 48 mmol) and sodium acetate (39 g, 48 mmol) in acetic anhydride (70 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then poured onto ice water (800 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (3 x 300 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with NaOH (2M aq, 2 x 200 mL) then brine (200 mL). The organic layer was dried by passing through a phase separator then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (5-10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the desired product 56 as a colourless oil (6.72 g, 66% yield). R1 1.67 min (Method 2a) no m/z observed. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): 5, ppm 7.53 {dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 7.8 Hz, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (q, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. 7-Bromo-2-methylbenzofuran-3-carbaldehyde (compound 57). Tin (IV) chloride (38 mL, 38 mmol, IM in DCM) was added dropwise over ~30 min to a stirred solution of dichloro(methoxy)methane (3.2 mL, 35 mmol) and 7-bromo-2-methylbenzofuran 56 (6.7 g, 32 mmol) in DCM (120 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to return to RT over 90 mins then poured into ice cold saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 mL). The organic material was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted again with DCM (3 χ 150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL) then dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by recrystallisation from EtOAc/Hexane (1:1) to yield the desired product 57 as a pale yellow solid (4.5 g, 59% yield). R‘ 1.48 min (Method 2a) m/z 239/241 {M + H]+ (ES+). 1H NMR {400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ, ppm 10.20 (s, 1H), 7.98 {dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 {dd, J = 7.9 Hz, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H).
Step 4. tert-Butyl ((7-bromo-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate (compound 58). Methanamine (33% in EtOH, 0.5 mL, 4.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 7-bromo-2methylbenzofuran-3-carbaldehyde 57 (2.8 g, 3.7 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (STAB) (1.9 g, 9.2 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to return to RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was taken up in EtOAc (100 mL) and NaHCO3 (aq. sat. 100 mL). The organic material was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried using MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in DCM (80 mL), followed by addition of DMAP (0.6 g, 4.6 mmol) and di-tert-butyI dicarbonate (1.6 g, 7.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 58 as a yellow oil which crystallised on standing (1.0 g, 69% yield). R11.86 min (Method la) m/z 376/378 [M + Na]+ (ES*).
NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ, ppm 7.5S (br s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (br s, 1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 2.67 (S, 3H), 2.51 {s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
Step 5. tert-Butyl ((7-((diphenylmethylene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate (compound 60). tert-Butyl ((7-bromo-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate 58 (2.0 g, 5.65 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.52 g, 0.57 mmol), CszCOs (3.68 g, 11.3 mmol) and 5 Xantphos (0.49 g, 0.85 mmol) were added to a flask and the flask was evacuated and back filled with N2 three times. Toluene (40 mL) was added and N2 was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 10 mins. Benzophenone imine 59 (1.1 mL, 6.78 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for ~24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, was stirred over the weekend and then was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (DCM) to give 10 the desired product 60 as a yellow oil which crystailised on standing (1.67 g, 65%). R* 3.09 min (Method 1b); m/z 455 [M + H]* (ES*). ΣΗ NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): S, ppm 7.76-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.01-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.49 (d, 1 = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Step 6. N-((7-({Diphenylmethylene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 61). TFA (15 mL, 195 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of tert-butyl ({7((diphenylmethylene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate 60 (0.8 g, 1.76 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was taken up in DCM (30 mL), cooled to 0 °C and TEA (5.0 mL, 35.9 mmol) foliowed by acryloyl chloride (0.17 mL, 2.11 mmol) were added. The reaction was allowed to return to RT and was stirred for ~16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL), then the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted again with DCM (2 χ 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-3% MeOH/DCM) to give impure material which was purified again by column chromatography (0-30% EtOAc/iso-hexane) to give the desired product 61 as a yellow oil (0.16 g, 21% over 2 steps).
Step 7. (E}-3-((2R,3S)-3-Amino-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N((7-amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 62). A mixture of N-((730 ((diphenylmethylene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 61 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol), tert-butyl ((2R,3S)-8-bromo-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-3yljcarbamate 51 (35 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd-116 (5 mg, 9.4 pmol) was evacuated and backfilled with N2 three times. 1,4-Dioxane (1.5 mL) and DIPEA (0.05 mL, 0.28 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C and stirred for 1 h. The réaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then the solvent
was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was dissolved in DCM (2 mL), TFA (1 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo, HCl (10 mL, IM Aq) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for a further 15 min. The aqueous material was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were back extracted with HCl (20 mL, IM Aq). The aqueous layer was then basified with solid NaHCO3 to ~pH 8 and extracted with DCM/10%MeOH (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with Brine (1 x 30 mL), dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-10%MeGH/DCM) to give the desired product 62 as a yellow solid (14 mg, 32%). R‘ 0.93 min (Method la) m/z 435 (M+H)+ (ES+);
NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de, 363K) δ 9.53 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, j = 16.3 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 3.72 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.62 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 2H), 1.10 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Example 7. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7’amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl·N-((3-methylben2ofuran-2-yl)methy^)acΓylamide hydrochloride (compound 71).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Step 1
71
Reaction contltions: a) TMEDAr TMSI, ij. DCM; b) NaN51 DMF; c) Pd-Cr K2; d) Boc2Oh TEA, DCM; a) K2COa, Br2l DCM; f) Pd(OAc)2, tri(o-ta!yl)phosphine, DIPEA, propionltrll; g) chiral séparation; h) etheral HCl, DCM
5,6,7,9-Tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound S3) was prepared as described in
AFFINIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. - WO2007/67416, 2007, A2 and/or BANYU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.EP1726590, 2006, Al.
Step 1. 7-todo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-8-one (compound 64). To a stirred solution of 5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 63 (15 g, 0.0925 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (150 mL, 10 vol), TMEDA (42.9 g, 0.3703 mol, 4.0 eq) and TMSI (38.9 g, 0.1944 mol, 2.1 eq) were added under N2 atmosphère. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C and îodine (35.3 g, 0.277 mol, 3.0 eq) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for an additional 1 h. The reaction mass was diluted with H2O (150 mL) and extracted with DCM (300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aq. sodium thiosulphate (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was washed with MeOH to afford the title compound 64 (15 g, 0.05208 mol, 56%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 289.17 [M + H].+
Step 2. 7-Azido~5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound 65). To a stirred solution of 7-iodo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8’ûne 64 (14.5 g, 0.0503 mol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (150 mL), NaNj (26.18 g, 0.4027 mol, 8.0 eq) was added under N2 atmosphère and the reaction was stirred at Rt for 16 h. Subsequently, the reaction mass was diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by CC (eluent: n-hexane/EtOAc, 20/80 v/v) to afford the title compound 65 (8 g, 0.0392 mol, 78.2%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 204.13 [M + H],+
Step 3. 7-Amino-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido(2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound 66). To a stirred solution □f 7-azido-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro“8H“pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 65 (7.9 g, 0.0389 mol, 1.0 eq) în EtOH (80 mL), 10% Pd/C (1.5 g, 50% moisture) was added and then the reaction was stirred under H2 atmosphère (ballon) at RT for 12 h (TLC monitoring). The catalyst was filtered off through a Celite bed, the Celite cake was washed with EtOH (50 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound 66 (6.5 g, 0.0367 mol, 95%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 178.17 [M + H].+
Step 4. tert-Butyl (8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 67). To a stirred solution of 7-amino-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 66 (6.4 g, 0.0367 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (70 mL), TEA (11.12 g, 0.1101 mol, 3.0 eq) was added under N2 atmosphère and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min. Subsequently, Boc2O (8.8 g, 0.0403 moi, 1.1 eq) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at RT (TLC control), then diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by CC (eluent: nhexane/EtOAc, 20/80 v/v) to afford the title compound 67 (9 g, 0.0324 mol, 90%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 278.23 [M + H].+
Step 5. tert-Butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 68). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7yl)carbamate 67 (0.5 g, 0.0018 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (5 mL) under N2 atmosphère, K2CO3 (0.74 g, 0.0054 mol, 3.0 eq) and Br2 (0.42 g, 0.0027 mol, 1.5 eq) were added and stirred at RT for 12 h (TLC control). The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by CC (eluent: n-hexane/EtOAc, 20/80 v/v) to afford the title compound 68 {0.3 g, 0.0008 mol, 46.87%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 356.07 [M + H].+
Step 6. tert-Butyl {E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amîno}-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 69). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with N-methy!-N-((3-methyibenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrytamide 6 (0.709 g, 0.003098 mol, 1.1 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7yl)carbamate 68 (1.0 g, 0.002816 mol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (2.9 g, 0.02253 mol, 8.0 eq) and CH3CH2CN:DMF mixture (8:2 w/v) (20 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the réaction mixture for 10 min. Pd(OAc)2 (0.063 g, 0.0002816 moi, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.176 g, 0.000563 mol, 0.2 eq) were added and the nitrogen was bubbled for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and heated overnight at 100 °C (16 h). The crude reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was isolated by CC purification (eluent: DCM/MeOH, 96/4 v/v). The desired molécule 69 as a yellow solid (0.9 g, 0.001783 mol, 63.4%) was obtained (racemic mixture). LCMS (Method 3): m/z 509.44 [M + H].+
Step 7. tert-Butyl (S,EH3-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 70) was obtained by chiral séparation of 0.9 g of racemic tert-butyl (E)-(3-{3-(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 69).
The title product 70 was obtained as a yellowish solid (0.35 g, PEAK-1). LCMS (Method 3): m/z 505.33
[Μ + H],
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiratpak IC (4.6X250)mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH=10/90( v/v). Flow rate : 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: Ambient.
Step 8. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl}-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 71). To a stirring solution of tertbutyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 70 (0.35 g, 0.00069 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (5 mL), 2 M HCl in Et2O (5 mL) was added dropwîse at 0 “C. The reaction mixture was gradually warmed from 0 °C to room température over 2 hrs, then Et2O (5 mL) was added and the precipitate was formed. The solvents were decanted and the precipitate was triturated with diethyl ether (2x5 mL) to afford the title compound 71 (0.3 g, 0.00068 mol, 98.36%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 405.24 [M + H].+ ^NMR (DMSO-dg, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.90 (s, IH), 8.64-8.60 (m, IH), 8.34-8.24 (m, 4H), 7.57-7.22 (m, 6H), 5.01-4.80 (2H), 3.86 (bs, 2H), 3.20-2.93 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.18 (m, IH). The stereochemistry for compound 71 was arbitrarîly attributed and later on confirmed by cocrysta llization
Example 8. Synthesis of (E)-3-((S)-7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4(((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)oxy)-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide bis(2,2,2trifluoroacetate) (compound 86).
General Synthetîc Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) NaOH, (8oc)zO; 1,4-dioxana:water; t») TEA, MsCI; DCM; c) melhyl brome acetate, KsCQj, action©; d} NaOMe; e) NaOHL H20; f) methytamine, DIPEA, EDCi, HO&T DM F; g) Tf3O, NaBH^; h) acryioyl chloride, 3N NaOH, THF; I) 3N NaOHJHF; j) K2CO3. ACN; k) Pd(OAc)s; tri(l·ΐo^yl)phDsphJne. DlPEA, propionitHIé; I) chiral séparation: m) 1} Etharal HCl, DCM, ii) prep purification in TFA method
Step 1. tert-Butyl {(ls,4s)-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (compound 73), To a stirring solution of 5 (ls,4s)-4-aminocyclohexan-l-ol 72 (1.0 g, 0.0086 mol, 1.0 eq) in a dioxane:water mixture (1:1 v/v, 20 mL), NaOH (1.39 g, 0.0347 mol, 4.0 eq) was added at 0 ’C. To this, Boc20 (2.76 g, 0,0129 mol, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C to RT for 16 h (TLC monitoring).
Note: The same reaction was performed on a 1.0 g scale using (ls,4s)-4-aminocyclohexan-l-ol 72.
Both batches were combined, diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL), dried 10 (NazSO*), filtered and evaporated to dryness to afford the title intermedîate 73 (3.5 g, 0.01627 mol, 93.8%) as an off white solid. XH NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): 6(ppm): 6.68 (d, J = 6.84 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 3.66 (s, 1H), 3.22 (s, 1H), 1.58-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.42-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
Step 2. {ls,4s)-4-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)cyclohexyl methanesulfonate (compound 74). To a stirring 15 solution of tert-butyl ((ls,4s)-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate 73 (2.0 g, 0.093 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL), TEA (3.74 g, 0.0372 mol, 4.0 eq) was added. Subsequently, mesyl chloride (1.58 g, 0.0139 mol, 1,5 eq) was added dropwise at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ’C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL), extracted with DCM (2 χ 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product 74 (2.8 g) as an off white solid and proceeded to the next step. ΧΗ NMR (CDCIs, 400 MHz): ô(ppm): 4.88 (bs, 1H), 4.46 (bs, 1H), 3.52 (bs, 1H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
Step 3. Methyl 2-(2-acetyl-3-hydroxyphenoxy)acetate (compound 76). To a stirred solution of K2CO3 (7.26 g, 0.052 mol, 1.6 eq) in acetone (50 mL) was added l-(2,6-dihydroxyphenyl)ethan-l-one 75 (5.0 g, 0.03 mol, 1 eq). To this solution, methyl bromoacetate (5.03 g, 0.03 mol, 1.0 eq) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 0.5 h.
Note : Same reaction was performed with 20.0 g of starting (1-(2,6-dihydroxyphenyl) ethan-l-one) 75 and both batches were mixed together while work up and purification.
After the completion of the reaction, it was filtered through sintered funnel and washed with acetone (500 mL). The fîltrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to gîve the title compound 76 with a purity of 86.16% (40 g, crude) as a brown oil. This material was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 225.26 [M + H] +
Step 4. Methyl 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylate (compound 77). To a cooled (0 ’C) solution of methyl 2-{2-acetyl-3-hydroxyphenoxy)acetate 76 (36.0 g, 0.16 mol, 1.0 eq) in methanol (300 mL) was added MeONa (13.0 g, 0.24 mol, 1.5 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 60 ’C for 2 h. After the completion of the reaction, it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (500 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 77 (14.0 g, 0.067 mol, 42%) as an off-whlte solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 205.02 [M-H]T
Step 5. 4-Hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid (compound 78). To a stirred solution of methyl 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylate 77 (1.0 g, 0.0048 mol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL) was added NaOH (1.53 g, 0.038 mol, 8.0 eq). The reaction was stirred at RT for 18 h.
Note: Same reaction was performed on a 13.0 g scale of starting (methyl 4-hydroxy-3methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylate) 77 and both batches were mixed together while work up and purification.
The reaction mixture was cooled to 10 'C, pH adjusted to ~2 with 1 N HCl (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (300 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 78 (13.0 g, 0.0677 mol, quantitative) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 190.95 [M - H].'
Step 6. 4-Hydroxy-N,3’dimethylbenzofuran’2<arboxamide (compound 79). To a stirred solution of the 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid 78 (0.5 g, 0.0026 mol) in DMF (10 mL) was added EDCI (0.74g, 0.0039 mol, 1.5 eq), HOBt (0.52g, 0.0039 mol, 1.5 eq), DIPËA (1.0 g, 0.0078 mol, 3.0 eq) and methylamine HCl (0.26 g, 0.0039 mol, 1.5 eq). The reaction was heated at 60 °C overnight.
Note: Same reaction was performed with 12.5 g of starting (4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic 10 acid) 78 and both batches were mixed together while work up and purification.
The reaction mixture was diluted with water (500 mL), extracted with EtOAc (300 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 79 (9.3 g, 0.045 mol, 67%) as a light yellow solid.
LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 205.96 [M + H].+
Step 7. 3’MethyL2-((methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4“O! (compound 80). To a cooled (0 ’C) solution of 4-hydroxy-N,3-dimethylbenzofuran-2-carboxamide 79 (1.0 g, 0.0048 mol) in DCM (20 ml) was added Tf2O (2.75 g, 0.0097 mol, 2 eq) dropwise at 0 ’C, The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °Cfor 0.5 h. NaBH4 (0.72 g, 0.019 mol, 4 eq) was added in one portion to the reaction mixture. THF (10 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture and was stirred at 0 ’C to RT overnight.
Note; Same reaction was performed with 7.0 g of starting (4-hydroxy-N,3-dimethylbenzofuran-2carboxamide) 79 and both batches were mixed together while work up and purification.
After the completion of the addition, the réaction mixture was poured into crushed ice (500 mL), neutralised with NaHCOa, extracted with EtOAc (300 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 80 (8.0 g, crude) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 161.22 [M - 30].+
Step 8. 3-Methyl~2-((N-methylacrylamido)methyi)benzofuran-4-yl acrylate (compound 81). To a solution of 3-methyL2-{(methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-ol 80 (1.1 g, 0,0057 mol) in THF (5 mL) was added 3N NaOH (5 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ’C. Acryloyl chloride (0.67 g, 0.0074 mol, 1,0 eq) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and allowed to stir at 0 ’C for 0.5 h. After the completion of the 30 reaction, it was diluted with H2O (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered
F and evaporated to afford the title compound 81 (1.1 g, crude) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z; 300.3 [M + H].+
Step 9. N’((4-Hydroxy-3-meÎhylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 82). To a 5 solution of 3-methyl-2-((N-methylacrylamido)methyl)benzofuran-4-yl acrylate 81 (1.1 g, 0.0036 mol) in THF (5 mL) was added 3N NaOH (5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 1 h. After the completion ofthe reaction, it was diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (eluent: n-Hexane/EtOAc, 70/30 v/v). The title compound 82 (0.6 g, 0.002 mol, 55%) as an off-white solid was 10 obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 246.21 [M + H].+1
Step 10. tert-Butyl ({lr,4r)-4-((3-methyl-2-((N-methylacrylamido)methyl)benzofuran-4yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate (compound 83). To a stirring solution of N-((4-hydroxy-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyiacrylamide 82 (0.025 g, 0.000102 mol, 1.0 eq) and K2CO3 15 (0.138 g, 0.00102 mol, 10.0 eq) in MeCN (1.0 mL), (ls,4s)-4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)cyclohexyl methanesulfonate 74 (0.119 g, 0.000408 mol, 4.0 eq) in MeCN (2 mL) was added portionwise over a period of 2 h while heating at 100 °C and the reaction mixture was further heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H3O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine {100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under 20 reduced pressure.
Note: The same reaction was performed with 0.275 g of starting N-((4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 82.
Both batches were combined and the crude mixture was purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 80/20 7v) to yield the title compound 83 (0.1 g, 0.000226 mol, 18.5%) as an off white solid. LCMS 25 (Method 3): m/z 443.47 [M + H].+
Step 11. tert-Butyl ((lr,4r)-4-((2-(((E)-3-(7-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methylacrylamido)methyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-4yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate (compound 84). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with tert-butyl 30 ((lr,4r)-4-((3-methy1-2-((N-methylacrylamido)methyl)benzofuran-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate 83 (0.4 g, 0.000905 mol, 1.0 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7yl)carbamate 68 (0.32 g, 0.000905 mol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (0.929 g, 0.00724 mol, 8.0 eq) and CH3CH2CN:DMF mixture (8:2 v/v) (10 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10
min, then Pd(OAc)2 (0.02 g, 0.0000905 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyf)phosphine (0.055 g, 0.000181 mol, 0.2 eq) were added and the nitrogen was bubbled for an additional 5 min. The reaction via! was sealed and heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The resulting mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (25 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (2x5 mL), dried {Na^SOi), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (eluent: EtOAc). The title compound 84 (0.24 g, 0.000334 mol, 37%) as an off-white solid was obtained (racemic mixture). LCMS (Method 3): m/z 718.71 [M + H].+
Step 12. tert-Butyl ((lr,4r)-4-((2-(((E)-3-((S)-7-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methylacrylamido)methyl)-3-methylbenzofu ran-4yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate (compound 85) was obtained by chiral séparation of 0.24 g of racemic tertbutyi ((lr,4r)-4-((2-{((E)-3-(7-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methylacrylamido)methyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate {compound 84). The title product 85 was obtained as a yeliowish solid (0.075 g, PEAK-1). LCMS (Method 3): m/z 718.65 [M + H].+
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250)mm, 5p. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH=35/65 (v/v). Flow rate : 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: Ambient.
Step 13. (E)-3-{(S)-7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4-(((lr,4r)-4aminocyclohexyl)oxy)-3-methyibenzofuran-2-y1)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide bis(2,2,2-trifluoroacetate) (compound 86). To a stirring solution of tert-butyl {(lr,4r)-4-{(2-((( E)-3-({S)-7-{(tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethylacrylamido)methyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)carbamate 85 (0.07 g, 0.0000975 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM {2 mL), 2 M HCl in Et2O (1.0 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h (0 °C to RT), then concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude residue (0.1 g) which was purified by préparative HPLC to afford the title compound 86 (0.017 g, 0.0000228 mol, 29.8%) as an off white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 518.42 [M + H].+ NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.93 (s,lH), 8.65-8.60 (m, 1H), 8.24-8.13 (m, 4H), 7.84-7.81 {m, 3H), 7.58-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.82 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.73 (2H), 4.43-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.17-2.87 (m, 5H), 2.842.74 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.22-1.94 (m, 5H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 4H). The stereochemistry for compound 86 was arbitrarily attributed.
Example 9. Synthesis of (E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (compound 92).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions; a) MeNH, in THF, T3P. DCM, TÊA. RT, S h: b) IM B MS in THF. THF, 57 ‘0,10 h; c) acrloyl chloride, TEA, DCM, 0 'C-RT, 3 h; d) Pd(OAc)2, X-Phos DIRE A, DM F. 100 ’C, 2 h; e) I. 4M HCl In 1,4-dioxafie, DCM, 0 C-RT, 2 h, ii. HPLC purification
Step 1. 7-Chloro-N,3-dimethylbenzofuran-2-carboxamide (compound 88). To a stirred solution of 7chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid 87 (2.0 g, 9.52 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added
Et3N (3.3 mL, 23.8 mmol, 2.5 eq), and 2M MeNH2 in THF (12 mL, 23.80 mmol, 2.5 eq) at 0 °C. To this reaction mixture was added T3P (50 wt % in ethyl acetate) (2.3 mL, 14.28 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the resulting mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and washed with H2O (2 x 20 mL), foliowed by brine solution (1 x 20 mL), then dried (NazSOn), filtered and evaporated, and then the crude residue was purified by flash CC on silica gel (PE/EtOAc, 95:5 v/v) to afford the final product 88 as a light brown solid. Yield 76% (1.6 g, 7.17 mmol). 2H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6: 8.43-8.40 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 224.3 [M + H]+.
Step 2. l-(7-Chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yi)-N-methylmethanamine (compound 89). 7-Chloro-N,320 dimethylbenzofuran-2-carboxamîde 88 (1.6 g, 7.17 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in dry THF (20 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. 2 M BMS complex in THF (5.38 mL, 10.76 mmol. 1.5 eq) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mass was quenched with MeOH under cooling (20 mL) and then refluxed for another 1 h. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 95:5 7v) to afford the title compound 89 as a light yellow solid. LCMS 25 (Method 4): m/z 210.3 (M + H]+.
Step 3. N-((7-Chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 90). To a stirred solution of l-(7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine 89 (200 mg, 0.9569 mmol, 1.0 eq) în dry OCM (10 mL ) was added Et3N (0.154 mL, 1.148 mmol, 1.2 eq) followed by acroloyl chloride (0.092 mL, 1.148 mmol, 1.2 eq) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Then, the reaction mass was diluted with DCM, and washed with 10% NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by flash CC on silica using 20% AcOEt/PE as an eluent to get the tiltle compound 90 as a brown gummy liquid. Yield 55% (150 mg, 0.60 mmol). LCMS {Method 4): m/z 250.2 [M + Hp.
Step 4. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(((7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxo prop-1en-l-y!)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 91). A stirred solution of tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 68 (150 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (2 mL) was degassed with nitrogen for 15 min, then to this N-((7chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 90 (88 mg, 0.33 mmol, 0.8 eq), DIPEA (0.23 mL, 1.26 mmol, 3 eq), X-Phos (20 mg, 0.042 mmol, 0.1 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (5 mg, 0.021 mmol, 0.05 eq) were added and the réaction mixture was heated to 100 C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography using 60-70% of AcOEt in PE to get the desired product 91 as an off-white solid. Yield 18% (40 mg, 0.074 mmol). LCMS (Method 4): m/z 483.0 (M + Hj+ tert-butyl group cleaved mass.
Step S. (E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-chloro-3methylbenzofuran-2-yi)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (compound 92). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-(3-(3-(((7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-len-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 91 (40 mg, 0.074 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DCM (5 mL) was added 4.5 M HCl in 1,4-dîoxane (2 mL) at 0 ’C, then the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the resulting mixture was concentrated to get the crude solid which was purified by préparative HPLC to get the title compound 92 as an off-white solid. Yield 20% (7.5 mg, 0.17 mmol). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds) δ: 10.93 (s, 1H), 8.65-8.62 (d, J = 12 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.20 (m, 4H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.05-4.84 (rotamers, s, 2H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.24-2.97 (rotamers, s, 3H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.18 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 4): m/z 439.3 [M + H]+.
Example 10. Synthesis of (E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido{2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 94).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction condïtîona: a) PdfOAch, X-Phoa. DlPEA. DMF. 100 C, 2 h; (d) 4M HCl in 1,4-droiane, DCM. O 'C-RT. 2 n.
S
Step 1. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(methyl((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl )-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 93). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b)azepin-7-yl)carbamate 68 (150 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was degassed with nitrogen for 15 min, then to this N-methyl-N-((210 methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide 26 (77 mg, 0.33 mmol, 0.8 eq), DlPEA (0.23 mL, 1.26 mmol, 3 eq), X-Phos (20 mg, 0.042 mmol, 0.1 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (5 mg, Û.021 mmol, 0.05 eq) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC analysis), the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 80-90% of AcOEt in PE to get the title compound 93 as an off15 white solid. Yield 26% (55 mg, 0.108 mmol). LCMS (Method 4): m/z 505.2 [M + H]+.
Step 2. (E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((2methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 94). To a stirred solution of tertbutyl (E)-(3-(3-(methyl((2-methylbenzofuran-3-Yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,920 tetra ydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 93 (55 mg, 0.108 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 4.5 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at 0 °C, then the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the resulting mixture was concentrated to get the crude solid which was washed with a mixture of Et2O:MeOH:DCM (8.5:0.5:1 v/v) and then dried under vacuum to get the title compound 94 as a pale yellow solid. Yield 34% (15 mg, 0,03 mmol), *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6):
10.90 (s, 1H), 8.65-8.63 (d, J = 12 Hz, 1H), 8.29-8.23 (m, 4H), 7.63-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.32-
7,15 ) m, 3H), 4.94-4.73 (rotamers, s, 2H), 3.86-3.85 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.88 (rotamers, s, 3H), 2.792.72 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.17 (m, 1H). LCMS {Method 4): m/z: 405.2 [M + H]+.
Example 11. Synthesis of (E)-3-(7-(dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-330 yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yi)methyl)acrylamide (compound 95).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction Condition: a) i. 2 M HC) in Et2O/DCM, ii. Paraformaldéhyde, MP-CNHH3 resin.TEA, MeOH, 65° C, 2 h
Step 1. (E)-3-(7-(Dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl}-N-methyl-N-({35 methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 95). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-(3-(3(methyl((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yJ)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahvdro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-7-yl)carbamate 69 (91.7 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2 M HCl in Εΐ20 (1 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for ca. 4 hrs (TLC control). The reaction mass was concentrated to dryness and vacummed for Ih. The crude product (80 mg) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL), TEA (0.07 mL, 0.54 mmol, 3 eq), paraformaldéhyde (27 mg, 0.909 mmol, 5 eq) and MP-CNBHj resin (30 mg) were added, the reaction mixture was heated to 65 “C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by CC using 2-3% of MeOH in DCM to get the title compound 95 as an off-white solid. Yield 20% (16 mg, 0.036 mmol). JH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6: 10.13 (s, 1H), 8.52-8.48 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH),
8.15-8.13 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.58-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 3H), 5.01-4.80 (rotamers, s, 2H), 3.19 (s, 2H),
2.93 (s, 3H), 2.76-2,73 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.63 (m, IH), 2.27-2.20 (m, 12H), LCMS (Method 4): m/z: 433.3 [M + Hf.
Example 12. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-(dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-320 yl)-N-methyl·N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl}methyl)acrylamide (compound 96).
Synthetic Scheme General.
Reaction conditions: a) Paraformaldéhyde, MP-CNBH3 res in,TE A, MeOH, 65 C, 2 h
F Step 1. {S,E)-3-{7-(Dimethylamino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide {compound 96). To a stirred solution of (S,E)-3-(7-amino8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-bjazepin-3-y])-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamîde hydrochloride 71 {30 mg, 0.068 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL), TEA (0.03 mL, 0.20 5 mmol, 3 eq), paraformaldéhyde {30 mg) and MP-CNBHg resin (30 mg) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C for 2 h {TLC analysis). The reaction mixture was filtered and the fîltrate was concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography using 2-3% of MeOH in DCM. The title compound 96 as a pale pink solid was obtained. Yield 22% (7 mg, 0.016 mmol).
NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6: 10.14 (s, 1H), 8.52-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.15-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.48 (m, 3H), 10 7.30-7.24 (m, 3H), 5.01-4.80 (rotamers, s, 2H), 3.19 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.66-
2.62 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 12 H). LCMS (Method 4): m/z: 433.3 [M + H]+. (Note: During the reaction condition the compound racemizes in the ratio of 75 : 25 (S : R isomer). The stereochemistry for compound 96 was arbitrarily attributed.
Example 13. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyiacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 98).
General Synthetic Scheme.
97 99
Reaction condition»: a} Chiral Preparaüve HPLC; b) 4M HCl in 1,4-dtûxane, DCM, ORT, 2 h
Step 1. tert-Butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(((7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-len-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 97). A racemic mixture of tert-butyl (E)-(3-(3-{((7-chloro-3-methyl benzofuran-2-yl)methyl){methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop25 l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 91 (85 mg) was passed through a préparative HPLC chiral column and both enantiomers were separated.
The first eluting fraction (compound 97): tret = 22.47 min was obtained as a off white solid (15 mg, 0.02 mmol). LCMS (Method 4): m/z 541.2 [M + H]+.
Note: The séparation of the isomers in the given method gave the pure compound with a good chiral 30 purity. The SFC and other methods for the chiral séparation were also tested, unfortunately there was no clear seperation.
Chiral method séparation: Mobile Phase: 0.1% DEA in n-Hexane:EtOH (40:60 v/v). Column: CHIRALPAK IC( 250 x 4.6) mm, 5 pm. Flow: 1.0 mL/min
Step 2. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-chloro-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 98). tert-Butyl (S,E)-(3(3-(({7-chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 97 (15 mg, 0.02 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in dry 1,4-dioxane (0.2 mL) and 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (0.2 mL) was added and allowed to stir for 2 h. After the completion of the réaction, the free solvent was decanted and the crude residue was triturated with Et2ü to afford the pure product 98. Yield 66% (8 mg, 0.018 mmol). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 6; 10.93 (s, IH), 8.66-8.61 (m, IH), 8.26-8.22 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.01 (m, 3H), 5.06-4.84 (rotamers, s, 2H), 3.89 (s, IH), 3.20-2.96 (rotamers, s, 3H), 2.72-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.43 (m, IH), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, IH). LCMS (Method 4): m/z 439.2 [M + H]+. Chiral purity: 99.68% (tret: 83.02 min). The stereochemistry for compound 98 was arbitrarily attributed.
Example 14. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-y1)-N-((7fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 107).
General Synthetic Scheme.
100
Reaction conditions: a) acely! cMoride, pyrldlne, DCM: b) AlCIsJ^-dichtorobenzene; c) U-dichloroethene. KOt-Bu, THF, HzS04, DCM; d) MeNH2, NaBH4, EtOH; e) acryloyl chiorlde, Et3N, DCM; f) Pd(OAc)z; trito^ofyljphosphine, OIPEA, PropionUrile; g) chiral HPLC séparation; h) Elheral HCl(2M), DCM
Step 1. 2-Fluorophenyl acetate (compound 100). To a solution of 2-fluorophenol 99 (25.0 g, 0.223 mol) 5 in dry DCM (250 mL) at 0 “C, pyridine (19.39 g, 0.245 mol, 1.1 eq) was added. Subsequently, acetyl chloride (15.83 g, 0.223 mol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for
h. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mass was diluted with H2O (400 mL) and extracted with DCM (400 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-hexane/EtOAc, 95:5 v/v). The title compound 100 (34.4 g, 0.22 mol, 98%) as a pale yellow oil was obtained. 1H NMR (CDCh, 400 MHz): δ (ppm); 7.23-7.10 (m, 4H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Step 2. l-(3-Fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl)ethan-l-one (compound 101). A solution of 2-fluorophenyl acetate 100 (34.0 g, 0.2222 mol, 1.0 eq) in 1,2-dichlorobenzene {15 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 15 AICh (32.62 g, 0.2456 mol, 1.1 eq) in 1,2-dichlorobenzene (30 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 h and then cooled to room température. The mixture was quenched with 2 M NaOH (40 mL), extracted with DCM (500 mL), the organic phase was washed with water (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude material as a 1:1 mixture of regioisomers. The product was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 90:10 v/v) to afford the title compound 101 (10.10 g, 20 0.0655 mol, 29.5%) as a yellow sticky liquid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 153.14 [M - H]\
101
Step 3. 7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbaldehyde (compound 102). To a stirred solution of l-(3fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl)ethan-l-one 101 (10 g, 0.0649 mol, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) at room température, t-BuOK (58.2 g, 0.5197 mol, 8.0 eq) was added under N2 atmosphère. To this, 1,1-dichloroethene (18.7 g, 0.1948 mol, 3.0 eq) was added at 0 ’C and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h (TLC monitoring). The reaction mass was diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (300 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude residue. This residue was further dissolved in DCM (100 mL), followed by the addition of 5 Μ H2SO4 (100 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT (16 h). After the completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was diluted with H2O (200 mL), extracted with DCM (300 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was purified by CC (silica gel, n-hexane/EtOAc, 95:5 v/v). The title aldéhyde 102 (4.5 g, 0.0252 mol, 38.9%) as a yellow solid was isolated. :H NMR (CDCh, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H).
Step 4. l-(7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine (compound 103). To a stirred solution of 7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbaldehyde 102 (4.0 g, 0.0224 mol, leq) in EtOH (40 mL), 40% aq. MeNH2 solution (40 mL) was added slowly under N2 atmosphère. The reaction was stirred at RT for 18 h and then the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material was re-dissolved in EtOH (40 mL) under nitrogen, NaBH4 was added at Û °C and the mixture was stirred at RT for an additional for 18 h (TLC monitoring). The reaction was quenched with water (200 mL), extracted with DCM (400 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 90:10 7v). The desîred amine 103 (4.1 g, 0.0212 mol, 90.9%) as a yellow liquid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 194.13 [M + H].+
Step 5. N-((7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 104). To a stirred solution of l-(7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine 103 (4.3 g, 0.022 mol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 mL) at 0 °C, Et3N (4.48 g, 0.0445 mol, 2.0 eq) and acryloyl chloride (2.2 g, 0,0245 mol, 1.1 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred at 0 °Cfor 1 h. The reaction was quenched with water (20 mL), extracted with DCM (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-hexane/EtOAc, 60:40 v/v). The title acrylamide 104 (2.8 g, 0.0113 mol, 51.09%) as a yellow liquid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 248.31 [M + H].+
Step 6. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(((7-f1uoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl}{methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-enl-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-7-yl)carbamate (compound 105). A 20 mL vial
102
flask was charged with N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyiacrylamide 104 (0.156 g,
0.00067 mol, 1.2 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7yl)carbamate 68 (0.19 g, 0.00056 mol, 1.0 eq), D1PEA (0.58 g, 0.0045 mol, 8.0 eq) and CH3CH2CN:DMF mixture (8:2 v/v) (5 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min. Pd(OÀc)2 (0,013g, 0,000056 mol, O.leq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.035 g, 0.00011 mol, 0.2eq) were added and the nitrogen was bubbled into the mixture for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and stirred at 100 “C for 16 h. The resulting mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through a Celite bed and the cake was washed with EtOAc {50 mL). The filtarate was washed with water (20 mL), brine {20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH, 98/2 w/v) to give the expected molécule 105 (0.1 g) as an off-white solid. This product was further separated by chiral préparative HPLC into pure enantiomers. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 523.41 [M + H].+
Step 7. tert-Butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-({(7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino}-3-oxoprop-len-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 106). A racemic mixture of tert-butyl (E)-{3-(3-(((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-len-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 105 (0.1 g) wassubmitted for chiral HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were separated. The first eluting fraction (compound 106): tret = 18.03 min was obtained (0.03 g). LCMS {Method 3): m/z 523.40 [M + H]?
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250)mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH=40/60 (v/v). Flow rate : 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: Ambient.
Step 8. {S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3’yl}-N-((7-fluoro-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 107). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (S,EH3-(3-(((7-fluoro-3-methy!benzofuran-2-yl)methyl){methyl)amino)-3-oxopropl-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrîdo[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 106 (0.025 g, 0.000047 mol) in DCM (0.5 mL), 2 M HCl in Et2O (0.5 mL), was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred from 0 °C to RT over 1 h, then cold Et2O (5 mL) was added to precipitate the product, the solvent was decanted and the product was dried. The title compound 107 (0.017 g, 0.000037 mol, 80%) as an off white solid was isolated. Chiral HPLC purity: 99,72%. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 423.46 [M + H].+ 1H NMR (DMSO-ds, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.92 (s,lH), 8.65-8.61 (m, 1H), 8.28-8.24 (m, 4H), 7.64-7.17 (m, 5H), 5.05-4.82 {2H), 3.88 (s, 1H), 3.22-2.94 (3H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.18 (s, 1H). The stereochemistry for compound 107 was arbitrarily attributed.
103
Example 15. Synthesis of (S,E)-N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(7morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acryiamide (compound 113).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) TMSI, l2, TMEDA, DCM; b} K2CO3h ACN; c) Pd(OAc)2; lri(o-toly[)phosphiner DlPEA, propionitrile;DMF; d) chiral séparation
3~Bromo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyndo[2,3’b]azepin-8-one (compound 108) was prepared as described in AFFINIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. - WO2007/67416, 2007, A2.
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-iodo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound 109). To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 108 (4.0 g, 0.0167 mol, 1.0 eq) in 15 DCM (40 mL) under N2 atmosphère at 0 C, TMEDA (8.16 g, 0.0703 mol, 4.2 eq) and trimethylsilyl iodide (7.4 g, 0.0368 mol, 2.2 eq) were added, then stirred for 1 h at 0 °C and iodine (7.5 g, 0.0585 mol, 3.5 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for an additional 1 h. The reaction was diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aq. Na2S2O3 (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product 20 was washed with MeOH to afford the title compound 109 (4.0 g, 0.0109 mol, 65.3%) as a white solid.
LCMS (Method 3): m/z 368.94 [M + H].+
104
Step 2. 3-Bromo-7-morpholino-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound 111). To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-7-iodo-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 109 (0.35 g, 0.000956 mol, 1.0 eq) in ACN (5 mL) under nitrogen atmosphère, K2CO3 (0.264 g, 0.00191 mol, 2.0 eq) and morpholine 110 (7.4 g, 0.00114 mol, 1.2 eq) were added and the reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 12 h. The reaction was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (NajSCU), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude material which was recrystallized from MeOH (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) mixture to afford the expected 111 (0.13 g, 0.000398 mol, 41.8%) as an off white solid.
LCMS (Method 3): m/z 328.2 [M + H].+
Step 3. (E)-N-((7-Fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yî)acry!amide (compound 112). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with 3-bromo-7-morpholino-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one 111 (0.12 g, 0.000368 mol, 1.0 eq), N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl}-N-methylacrylamide 104 (0.1 g, 0.000404 mol, 1.1 eq), DIPEA (0.38 g, 0.00294 mol, 8.0 eq) and a mixture of propionitrile:DMF (4:1 v/v) (5 mL). Dry nitrogen was bubbled through the réaction mixture for 10 min. Subsequently, Pd(OAc)2 (0.008 g, 0.0000368 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.023 g, 0.0000736 mol, 0.2 eq) was added and the nitrogen was bubbled for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. Then, cooled down to RT, diluted with H2O (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was recrystallized from a mixture of MeOH (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL). The title compound 112 (0.05 g, 0.000101 mol, 27.6%) as an off white solid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 493.58 (M + H].+ JH NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.17 (bs, 1H), 8.52-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.16 (m, 5H), 5.04-4.82 (2H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.21-2.94 (m, 5H), 2.80-2.59 (m, 5H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 5H}.
Step 4. (S,E)-N-((7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methy!)-N-methyl-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 113). A racemic mixture of E)-N-((7Fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide 112 (22 mg) was submitted for chiral séparation and both enantiomers were separated. Pure fractions of second enantiomer were coliected and concentrated. Then slurrîng in diethyl ether and filtration by centrifugation were repeated twice before drying at 25°C under vacuum. The second enantiomer 113 was obtained as white powder (m = 6.26 mg; chiral purity: 99.4%). LCMS (Method 3): m/z 493.3 [M + H].+ The stereochemistry for compound 113 was arbitrarily attrîbuted.
105
Chiral method séparation: Apparatus: Isolera (Biotage). Column: Chiralpak IA (20pm; glass column; 250mm x 25mm). Eluent: Acetonitrile/THF (8/2). Flow 40 mL/min. Température: 25 °C. Run time: 18 min.
Example 16. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 119).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) MeNH2l NaBH4, EtOH; b) acryioyl chloride. Et3N, DCM; c) Pd(OAc)2: tri(o-tolyl)phosphine. DIPEA, prapionifrile; d) chiral HPLC séparation; e) Etheral HCl {2M), DCM
Step 1. N-Methyl·l-(3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methanamine (compound 115). To a mixture of 315 methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-carbaldehyde 114 (1.0 g, 0.00568 mol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (20 mL), 40% aq.
MeNH2 solution (20 mL) was added under N2 atmosphère. The reaction was stirred at room température for 16 h and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was redissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and NaBH4 was added at 0 °C under N2. The mixture was stirred at room température for 1 h (TLC control), then quenched with ice water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The crude amine was further purified by CC (silica gel,
106
DCM/MeOH, 95:5 v/v) to give title compound 115 (0.9 g, 0.004705 mol, 83%) as a colourless viscous oil was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 191.93 [M + H}.
Step 2. N-Methyl·N-((3-methy^benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 116). To a stirred solution of N-methyl-l-(3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methanamine 115 (0.9 g, 0.0047 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL), Et3N (1.42 g, 0.0141 mol, 3.0 eq) and acryloyl chloride (0.511 g, 0.0056 mol, 1.2 eq) were added at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred and warming up to RT over 30 min, then poured into water (50 mL), extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The product was purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 70:30 7v)· The title acrylamide 116 (0.7 g, 0.00285 mol, 60.5%) as a colourless viscous oil was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 245.96 [M + H). *
Step 3. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-lyl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido(2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 117). To a solution of Nmethyl-N-((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 116 (0.2 g, 0.000816 mol, 1.0 eq) and tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 68 (0.29 g, 0.000816 mol, 1.0 eq) in propionitrile:DMF mixture (4:1 v/v, 10 mL), DIPEA (0.84 g, 0.00653 mol, 8.0 eq) was added and the resulting mixture was purged with N; for 10 minutes. Subsequently, Pd(OAc)2 (0.018 g, 0.0000816 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.049 g, 0.000163 mol, 0.2 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred and heated at 100 °Cfor 16 h. The resulting mixture was cooled down to RT, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were dried (Na25O4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 20:80 v/v) to afford the title compound 117 (0.15 g, 0.000288 mol, 35.29%) as a white solid. LCMS (method 3): m/z: 521.47 [M + H],+
Step 4. tert-Butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methy!benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-lyl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 118). A racemic mixture of tert-butyl (E}-(3-(3-{methyl((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 117 (0.15 g) submitted for chiral HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were separated. Pure fractions of first enantiomer 118 (PEAK-1) were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried (0.05 g). tret = 17.88 min. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 521.49 [M + H],*
107
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250) mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in
Hexane/EtOH = 40/60 ( /v)- Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: ambient.
Step 5. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-y))methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 119). To a stirred solution of enantiomerically pure tert-butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprop“l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 118 (0.045 g, 0.0000864 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (2.0 mL), 2 M HCl in ether (0.5 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 “C for 30 min and then for 1.5 h at RT. The organic phase (DCM) was decanted and the residue was triturated with ether (2x5 mL) and the desired product recovered by filtration. The title target 119 (0.021 g, 0.0000459 mol, 53.8%) as an off white solid was produced. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 421.44 [M + H].+ 1HNMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 6 (ppm): 10.91 (s, 1H), 8.63-8.62 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.23 (m, 4H), 7.87 (d, J = 7.96 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.76 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.31 (m, 4H), 5.13-4.89 (2H), 3.86 (bs, 1H), 3.17-2.94 (3H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.18 (m, 1H). Chiral purity: 99.92%). The stereochemistry for compound 119 was arbitrarily attributed.
Example 17. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 130).
General Synthetic Scheme.
108
Reaction conditions: a} KjCO^, DMF; b) D8Ur DMF; c)TFA, DCM; d} MéNHjHCI, EDO, HOBT, DIPEA, DMF; e} LAHhTHF;
f) acryEoyt chloride, ΊΈΑ, DCM; g) Pd(OAc)2- tri{o-lo1yl)phc«pNne, DIPEA,, propic nitrile; h) chiral séparation; i) Binerai HCl, DCM
Step 1. tert-Butyl Z-ÎZ-acetylA-fluorophenoxylacetate (compound 122). To a solution of commercially 5 available l-(2-fluoro-6-hydroxyphenyl)ethan-l-one 120 (2.7 g, 0.0175 mol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (30 mL), K2COj (6.03 g, 0.0437 mol, 2.5 eq) was added. To this, tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate 121 (4.1 g, 0.021 mol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at room température for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), dried (NasSOe), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n10 Hexane/EtOAc, 90:10 Vv). The desired compound 122 (4.6 g, 0.0171 mol, 94.4%) as brown oil was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 269.26 [M + H].+
Step 2. tert-Butyl 4-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylate (compound 123). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 2-(2-acetyl-3-fluorophenoxy)acetate 122 (4.5 g, 0.017 mol, 1 eq) in DMF (40 mL), was added
DBU (5.16 g, 0.034 mol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the reaction mixture was heated at 110 ’C for 1 h. After the completion ofthe reaction, it was diluted with H20 (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL), dried over NaïSÛ4, filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 90:10 v/v). The expected intermediate 123 (2.0 g, 0.08 mol, 46.6%) as a white solid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 251.27 [M + H).+
Step 3. 4-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid (compound 124). To a stirred solution of tertbutyl 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylate 123 (1.98 g, 0.00792 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (15 mL) at 0
109
C, TFA (1.0 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C to RT for 12 h. The crude mixture was concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound 124 (1.45 g, 0.007468 mol, 94.3%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 193.2 [M - H].'
Step 4. 4-Fluoro-N,3-dimethylbenzofuran-2-carboxamide (compound 125). To a stirred solution of 4fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid 124 (1.45 g, 0.00746 mol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (5 mL), EDCI (2.317g, 0.0149 mol, 2.0 eq), HOBt (2.279g, 0.0149 mol, 2.Û eq), DlPEA (0.93 g, 0.0444 mol, 6.0 eq) and methylamine HCl (1.01 g, 0.0149 mol, 2.0 eq) were added. The reaction was heated at 60 °C overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL), extracted with EtOAc (200 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by flash CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 70:30 v/v). The title compound 125 (1.1 g, 0.053 mol, 73.3%) as a white solid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 208.1 [M + H].+
Step 5. l-(4-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yi)-N-methylmethanamine (compound 126). To a stirred solution of 4-fluoro-N,3-dimethylbenzofuran-2-carboxamide 125 (1.1 g, 0.0053 mol) in THF (15 mL) at 0 ’C, 1 M LAH in THF (5.3 mL, 0.0106 mol, 2.0 eq) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C-RT for 16 h. After the completion of the réaction (TLC control), the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched with 2 N NaOH (5 mL). The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and washed with THF (25 mL). The filtrate was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, EtOAc). The title compound 126 (0.37 g, 0.0019 mol, 36.2%) as a colourless oil was obtained. JH NMR (CDCh, 400 MHz): 5(ppm): 7.21-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.83 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).
Step 6. N-((4-Fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 127). To a stirred solution of l-(4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine 126 (0.37 g, 0.00191 mol, 1 eq) in DCM (15 mL) at 0 ’C, Et3N (0.578 g, 0.0057 mol, 3.0 eq) and acryloyl chloride (0.26 g, 0.00287 mol, 1.5 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with water (20 mL), extracted with DCM (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 50:50 v/v). The title compound 127 (0.24 g, 0.00097 mol, 50%) as a colouless liquid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3); m/z: 248.28 [M + H] *
110
F Step 7. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(((4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-enl-yi)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 128). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged wîth N-({4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 127 (0.12 g, 0.000485 mol, 1.2 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,35 b]azepîn-7-yl)carbamate 68 (0.171 g, 0.000485 mol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (0.5 g, 0.00308 mol, 8 eq) and a mixture of CH3CH2CN:DMF (4:1 v/v) (5 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min. Pd(OAc)2 (0.011 g, 0.0000485 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.029 g, 0.000097 mol, 0.2 eq) were added to the reaction mixture and nitrogen was bubbled into it for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and heated at 100 “C overnîght. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through the 10 Celite bed, rinsed with EtOAc (50 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was purified by CC (silica gel, EtOAc). The desired molécule 128 (0.055 g, 0.0001 mol, 21.7%) as a white solid was isolated. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 523.16 [M + H].+
Step 8. tert-Butyl (S,EH3-(3-(((4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)nnethyl)(methy1)amino)-3-oxoprop-l15 en-l-y))-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 129). The racemic mixture of tert-butyl (E)-(3-(3-(((4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl){methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop“len-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 128 (0.064 g) was submitted for chiral HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were isolated.
Pure fractions of first enantiomer (compound 129, PEAK-1) were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried (0.015 g), tret = 10.56 min. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 523.42 [M + H].+
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250) mm, 5μ. Mobile phase; 0.1% DEA în Hexane/EtOH = 20/80 (v/v). Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: ambient.
Step 9. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-3-yl)-N-((4-fluoro-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochlorîde (compound 130). To a stirring solution of tert-butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(((4-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methy1)(methyl)amino)-3-oxopropl-en-l-Yl)-8“OXO-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 129 (0.015 g, 0.0000287 30 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL), 2 M HCl in ether (0.5 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h (0 °C to RT), then cold ether (10 mL) was added to précipitais out the HCl sait of 130. The solid was dried under high vacuum to afford the title product 130 (0.011 g, 0.00002397 mol,
111
83.5%) as an off white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 423.17 [M + H].+ TH NMR (DMS0-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.92 (s,lH), 8.64-8.61 (m, IH), 8.28-8.18 (m, 4H), 7.59-7.01 (m, 4H), 5.01-4.79 (2H), 3.91-3.90 (m, IH), 3.20-2.92 (3H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.50 (m, IH), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.09 (m, IH). The stereochemistry for compound 130 was arbitrarily attributed.
Example 18. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepiri-3-yl)-N-((7fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamîde hydrochloride (compound 140).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) DBU; b) LAH, THF; c) Dess-Martin, DCM; d) MeNHj, EtOH, NaBH4, RT; ejaciyloyl chloride, TEA, DCM; f) PdÎOAc)2j tri(o-tolyl)phosphlne, DIPEA,, propionitrile; g) chiral séparation; h) Etheral HCl, DCM
Step 1. Methyl 7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 133). To a mixture of 1(2,3-difluorophenyl)ethan-l-one 131 (4.5 g, 0.0288 mol, 1.0 eq) and methyl thioglycolate 132 (3.06 g, 0.0288 mol, 1.0 eq), DBU (8.76 g, 0.0576 mol, 2.0 eq) was added at 0 °C under N2 atmosphère. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 3 h and then at room température for 12 h (TLC monîtoring). Subsequently, the reaction was quenched with water (200 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL), dried
112
(Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title benzofblthiophene 133 (6.4 g, 0.02854 mol, 96.96%) as a white solid. ’H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm); 7.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.42 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 3H).
Step 2. (7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methanol (compound 134). To a stirred solution of methyl 7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate 133 (5.0 g, 0.0223 mol, 1.0 eq) in THF (30 mL) at 0 ’C, 2 M LAH in THF (16.7 mL, 0.0334 mol, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise. The réaction was stirred at room température for 2 h (TLC), quenched with 2 M NaOH (30 mL), filtered through Celite and the filter cake was rinsed with EtOAc (2 x 150 mL). The filtrate was washed with brine solution (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 134 (4.0 g, 0.02038 mol, 91.53%) as a white solid. XH NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 6 (ppm): 7.56 (d, J = 7.92 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.16 (m, 2H), 4.75 (d, j = 5.44 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (t, J = 5.56 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H).
Step 3. 7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzo(b]thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (compound 135). To a stirred solution of (7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methanol 134 (4.0 g, 0.02038 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (100 mL), Dess Martin periodinane (25.9 g, 0.0611 mol, 3.0 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room température for 16 h. The reaction mass was quenched with water (100 mL), extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 135 (3.7 g, 0.01907 mol, 93.67%) as a white solid. XH NMR (DMSO-ds, 400 MHz): Ô (ppm): 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.68 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.47 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H).
4 Step 4. l-(7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine (compound 136). To a stirred solution of 7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-carbaldehyde 135 (3.7 g, 0.01907 mol, 1.0 eq) in EtOH (40 mL), 40% aq. MeNH2 solution (40 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was.stirred at RT overnight (18 h) and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in EtOH (40 mL) under N2, NaBH4 (3.62 g, 0.09535 mol, 5.0 eq) was added portionwise at 0 °C and the reaction was stirred at room température for 2 h (TLC control). The réaction was quenched with H2O (100 mL), extracted with DCM (2 χ 150 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 96:4 v/v). The desired amine 136 (3.0 g, 0.01433 mol, 75.18%) as a yellow solid was obtained. ’H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 7.42 (d, J = 7.92 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.97 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
113
F Step 5. N-((7-Fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 137). To a stirred solution of l-(7-fluoro-3-methyfbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine 136 (3.0 g, 0.01433 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 °C, Et3N (2.89 g, 0.02866 mol, 2.0 eq) and acryioyl chloride (1.42 g, 0.01576 mol, 1.1 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, quenched with water 5 (80 mL), extracted with DCM (2 χ 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was further purified by CC (silica gel, n-hexane/EtOAc, 75:25 v/v). The title compound 137 (2.3 g, 0.0113 mol, 61%) as yellow solid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 264.10 [M + H].+
Step 6. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(34((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-310 oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 138). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with N-((7-fluoro-3-methy!benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide 137 (0.57 g, 0.0021 mol,1.1 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 68 (0.7 g, 0.0019 mol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (1.96 g, 0.0152 mol, 8.0eq) and CHjCH2CN:DMF mixture (8:2v/v) (15 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min, 15 Pd(OAc)2 (0.042g, 0.00019 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (0.119 g, 0.00038 mol, 0.2 eq) were added and an inert gas was bubbled for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and stirred for 16 h at 100 °C. The reaction mass was cooled to RT, diluted with water (80 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 100 mL). The organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was isolated by CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH, 95/5 v/v). The title molécule
138 (0.37 g, 0.000686 mol, 34.9%) as an off-white solid was prepared. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 539.45 [M + 1].+
Step 7. tert-Butyl (S,E)-{3-(3-(((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo(b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-y!)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 139). 25 Racemic tert-butyl (EH3-(3-(((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-y!)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 138 (0.37 g) was submitted for chiral préparative HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were isolated. Pure fractions of first enantiomer (compound 139, PEAK-1) corresponding to expected product were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried (0.12 g). tret = 10.65 min. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 539.23 30 [M + H].+ Chiral purity: 98.04%.
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiraipak IC (4.6X250) mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH = 20/80 (7v). Flow rate; 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: ambient.
114
Step S. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-fluoro-3methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 140). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (S,E)-{3-(3-(((7-fluoro-3-methytbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)amino)-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 139 (0.12 g,
0.0002227 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (2 mL), 2 M HCl in Et2O (2 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred from 0 °C to RT over 2 h, then cold Et2O {10 mL) was added to DCM solution, the precipitated product was filtered off, washed with ether (2x5 mL) and dried under high vacuum. The final target 140 (0.086 g, 0.000181 mol, 81.9%) as a white solid was obtained. LCMS (Method 3): m/z
439.12 [M + H].+ 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 ΜΗζ):δ (ppm): 10.92 (s,lH), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.23 (m, 4H),
7.63 -7.20 (m, 5H), 5.17-4.90 (2H), 3.89 (bs, 1H), 3.19-2.95 (3H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.16 (m, 1H). Chiral purity: 95.40%. The stereochemistry for compound 140 was arbitrariiy attributed.
Example 19. Synthesis of {S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yîoxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound
151).
Réaction conditions: a) BnBr; K2CO31 MeCN; b) i. IJ-dtchloroettiene, t-ΒυΟΚ, THF, îr. 1M H2SO4; c}L MeNH2, DCM, DCM/MeOH;
d)H2, Pd/C, MeOH/THF; e) acryloyl chhride, 2N NaOH, THF; f) TMHD.Cul, Cs2CO3, DMF; g= Pd[OAc^rtri(o-tolyl)phosphinfih DIPEA, propfonitrlle; h} chiral séparation; I) etherat HCl
Step 1. l-[5-(Benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]ethan-l-one (compound 142}. To a solution of 2',5'dihydroxyacetophenone 141 (1 eq„ 50 g, 328 mmol) in MeCN (499 mL) is added at room température potassium carbonate (1.5 eq., 68.1 g, 492 mmol). Benzyl bromide (1.1 eq., 61.8 g, 43.2 mL, 361 mmol} is then added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 18 hours. The crude réaction mixture is filtered on Büchner and the mother liquors are evaporated to dryness. The residue is dissolved in EtOAc (300 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (300 mL), brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Four successive triturations from diethyl ether afford the title compound 142 (58.7 g, 74 %) as a yellow solid. NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dg): 6 (ppm) 2.63 (t, 3H, J = 1.6 Hz), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.91 (d, 1H, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.25 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 7.4 (m, 6H), 11.46 (s, 1H).
Step 2. 5-(Benzy1oxy)-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-2-carbaldehyde (compound 143). To a solution of l-(5(benzy!oxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]ethan-l-one 142 (1 eq., 30 g, 123 mmol) in THF (442 mL) are added 15 successively at 0°C t-BuOK (3.8 eq., 52.8 g, 470 mmol) followed by 1,1-dichloroethylene (1.4 eq., 16.8 g, 13.8 mL, 173 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture is altowed to warm to RT and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction is quenched with aqueous 1 M sulfuric acid (100 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted with
116
EtOAc (3 χ 100 mL), The combined organic layers were concentrated to dryness. The residue is dissolved in DCM (300 mL) and aq. 1 Μ H2SO4 sulfuric acid (70 mL) is added at room température. The reaction mixture is then stirred at 50 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 χ 100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue is diluted with Et2O (300 mL) and filtered on a short pad of silica. The solvent Is evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound 143 (33 g, 100 %) as a yellow solid. NMR 400 MHz, CDCI3): δ (ppm) 2.58 (s, 3H}, 5.12 (s, 2H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.38 (m, 6H), 9.99 (s, 1H).
Step 3. {[5-(Benzyloxy)-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-2-yl]methyl)(methy))amine (compound 144). Methylamine (33% in EtOH; 4 eq., 46.7 g, 61.7 mL, 495 mmol) is added to a solution of 5-(benzyloxy)-3methyl-l-benzofuran-2-carbaldehyde 143 (1 eq., 33 g, 123 mmol) in DCM (247 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred at RT overnight and concentrated to dryness. The residue is taken up in a mixture DCM (302 mL) and MeOH (75.6 mL), cooled to 0°C and sodium borohydride (3 eq., 14.1 g, 371 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM (100 mL). The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude is purified by chromatography (SiO2 pretreated with Et3N; DCM/MeOH, 100/0 to 95/5 VA) to afford the title compound 144 (14.0 g, 40 %) as a yellow oil, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ (ppm) 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.93 (dd, 1H, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 7.01 (d, 1H, J - 2.6 Hz), 7.3 (d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.34 (d, 1H, J = 6.8 Hz), 7.4 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.47 (m,2H).
Step 4. 3-Methyl-2-[(methylamino)methyl]-l-benzofuran-5-ol (compound 145). A solution of {[5(benzyloxy)-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-2-yl]methyl}(methyl)amine 144 (1 eq., .10.7 g, 37.9 mmol) in a mixture of MeOH (99 mL) and THF (99 mL) is purged and backfilled with argon (operation repeated twice). 10% Palladium on carbon (10% w/w, 1.07 g) is added. The mixture is purged and backfilled with argon (operation repeated twice) and stirred at RT for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through Clarcel, rinsed with THF/MeOH (1/1 v/v; 150 mL), concentrated and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound 145 (7.26 g, 100 %) as a brown solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ (ppm) 2.1 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.82 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz).
Step 5. N-((5-Hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 146). To a stirred solution of 3-methy1-2-((methy1amino)methyl)benzofuran-5-ol 145 (5.76 g, 0.03012 mol, 1.0 eq)
117
P in a mixture of THF and 2 M NaOH (10 mL, 1:1 v/v), acryloyl chloride (3.275 g, 0.03615 mol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred at the same température for 30 min (TLC monitoring). Then, the reaction mass was diluted with H20 (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude material was re-dissolved once again in a 5 mixture of THF and 2 M NaOH (10 mL, 1:1 v/v) and stirred at RT for 20 min, then diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The product was separated by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 98:2 v/v) to yield the expected acrylamide 146 (1.6 g, 0.006523 moi, 21.6%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 245.94 [M + H].+
Step 6. N-Methyl-N-((3-methyl-5-(pyridim3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyi)acrylamide (compound 148). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with N-((5-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide 146 (0.3 g, 0.001223 mol, 1.0 eq), 3-iodopyridine 147 (0.597 g, 0.00293 mol, 2.4 eq), Cs2CO3 (2.02 g, 0.006237 mol, 5.1 eq) and DMF (10 mL). To this reaction mixture, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl3,5-heptanedîone (0.224 g, 0.001223 mol, 1.0 eq) and Cul (0.232 g, 0.001223 mol, 1.0 eq) were added 15 under oxygen ballon and the reaction vial was sealed and stirred at 60 ’C for 16 h. The resulting mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through the Celite bed, diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The crude mixture was further separated by CC (silica gel, n-Hexane/EtOAc, 50:50 v/v) to give the title compound 148 {0.17 g, 0.000527 mol, 43.1%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 323.33 [M + H].+
Step 7. tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yioxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 149). A 20 mL vial flask was charged with N-methyl-N-((3-methyl-5-{pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide 148 (0.588 g, 0.00182 mol,1.0 eq), tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro25 5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 68 (0.715 g, 0.002 mol, 1.1 eq), DIPEA (1.87 g, 0.0145 mol, 8.0 eq) and CH3CK2CN:DMF mixture (8:2 7v) (10 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min. Then, Pd(OAc)2 (0.041 g, 0.000182 mol, 0.1 eq) and tri{o-tolyl)phosphine (0.114 g, 0.000364 mol, 0.2 eq) were added and the nitrogen was bubbled for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and heated overnight (100 ’C; 16 h). The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water 30 (80 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 χ 100 mL). The organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (eluent: η-Hexane/EtOAc, 15/85v/v)· The expected molécule 149 (0.45 g, 0.000753 mol, 41.28%) as an off-white solid was prepared. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 598.52 [M + H].+
118
Step 8. tert-Butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 150). Racemîc tert-butyl (E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-vloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprQp-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 149 (0.45 g) was submitted for chiral HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were separated. Pure fractions of second enantiomer (PEAK-2) corresponding to expected product 150 were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried (0.17 g). tret = 8 99 min. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 598.31 [M + H].+ Chiral purity: 99.60%.
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250) mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH = 20/80 (Vv)- Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode: isocratic. Température: ambient.
Note: Confirmed Peak-1 as R-Enantiomer and Peak-2 as S-Enantiomer by analogy with chiral HPLC of standard compound of 107 on IB column.
Step 9. (S,E)-3-{7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methyl5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl}acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 151). To a stirring solution of tert-butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yJoxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 150 (0.105 g,
0.0001758 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (1.5 mL), 2 M HCl in ether (1.5 mL) was added dropwise at 0 C. The réaction mixture was stirred for about 2 h (0 °C to RT), then cold ether (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, the precipitating product was filtered off and dried under high vacuum to afford the title compound molécule 151 (0.069 g, 0.000129 mol, 79.31%) as a white solid.
LCMS (Method 3): m/z 498.12 [M + H].+ 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.91 (s, 1H), 8.64-8.34 (m, 6H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.31 (m, 6H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.03-4.81 (2H), 3.87 (bs, 1H), 3.22-2.94 (3H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.12 (m, 5H). Chiral purity: 99.34%.
Example 20. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methyl-4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acryiamide dihydrochloride (compound 167).
General Synthetic Scheme.
119
152 153 154 1SS 156
BqcHN
Reaction conditions; a) cMoroacetofliMte; b) NaQH, c) 0DMS, d) Degs-Martin, e) MeNHa; f) Zn{CNhi 9) CbzCI; h) Maj.6H2O, NaBH4, Bec anhydrk; I) Ha, Fd/C; J) acrytayi chlûrtd·. TEA,DCM; k) Diaxane HÇI, DCM; I) BINOL,Cu. Cul, CSjCOa, DMF; m) Pd(QAc)fi1ii(o-toly1)ph[>Sphiri·, DI PEA, prapÈonitrile: n} chiral Séparation: 0) Clheral HCl
Step 1. 4-Bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbonitrile (compound 153). To a stirred solution of K2CO3 (29.8 g, 0.21 mol, 3.0 eq) in dry DMF (150 mL) was added l-(2-bromo-6-hydroxyphenyl)ethan-l-one 152 5 (15.5 g, 0.072 mol, 1 eq). To this solution, chloroacetonitrile (8.15 g, 0.108 mol, 1.5 eq) was then added over 5 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After the completion of the reaction, it was diluted with cold H20 (1.0 L) and extracted with EtOAc (500 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, nHexane/EtOAc, 90:10v/v)· The expected compound 153 (15.8 g, 0.066 mol, 92.9%) as a yellow oil was 10 obtained. *H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): 5 (ppm) 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.30 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H).
Step 2. 4-Bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid (compound 154). To a stirred solution of 4bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbonitrile 153 (15.7 g, 0.115 mol, leq) in 200 mL (H2O) and 100 mL (MeOH) was added NaOH (13.8 g, 0.346 mol, 3.0 eq). The reaction was heated at 100 °C for 72 h. The 15 resulting mixture was cooled to 10 °C, pH adjusted to ~2 with 1 N HCl (50 ml), extracted with EtOAc (250 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 154 (15.0 g, 0.058 mol, 88%) as an off white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 252.98 [M - 2H].+
Step 3, (4-Bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methanol (compound 155). To a solution of 4-bromo-320 methylbenzofuran-2-carboxylic acid 154 (10.0 g, 0.039 mol) in dry THF (100 mL) at 0 °C was added
120 borane-methyl sulfide complex (5.88 g, 0.078 mol, 2.0 eq). The réaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with MeOH (50 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved în EtOAc (200 mL), washed with water (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 155 (10.0 g, crude) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 222.90 [M - OH].+
Step 4. 4-Bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbaldehyde (compound 156). To a solution of (4-bromo-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methanol 155 (9.94 g, 0.0414 mol) in dry DCM (100 mL) at 0 °C was added DessMartin periodinate (26.3 g, 0.0622 mol, 1.5 eq). The reaction was stirred at 0 °C to RT for 24 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite bed, washed with DCM (200 mL). The filtarate was washed with 1 N NaHCO3 (200 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound 156 (10.0 g, crude) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 241.04 [M+H].+
Step 5. l-(4-Bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine (compound 157). To a solution of 4-bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-carbaldehyde 156 (1.0 g, 0.042 mol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added 40% aq. MeNH2 solution (100 mL). The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark yellow oil was solvated in EtOH (100 mL) under N2. To the solution was added NaBH4 (3.2 g, 0.84 mol, 2.0 equiv.) and the mixture allowed to stir at the same température for 2 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with water (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The crude product was further purified by CC (silica get, DCM/MeOH, 95:5V/V) to yield the expected molécule 157 (6.5 g, 0.0255 mol, 60.6%) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 253.8 [M - H].'
Step 6. 3-Methyl-2-((methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-carbonitrile (compound 158). A 20 mL vial flask was successively charged with l-(4-bromo-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)-N-methylmethanamine 157 (2.0 g, 0.0078 mol, 1.0 eq), Zn(CN)2 (1.09 g, 0.0094 mol, 1.2 eq), Zn dust (0.51 g, 0.0078 mol, 1.0 eq) and DMA (20 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min. Pd2(dba)3 (0.72 g, Û.00078 mol, 0.1 eq) and dppf (0.21 g, 0.00039 mol, 0.05 eq) was added to the reaction mixture and nitrogen was bubbled into it for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and heated at 130 “C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through the celite bed and rînsed with EtOAc (200 mL) and the filtrate was washed with water (100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 95:5 v/v) gave the title compound 158 (1.1 g, 0.0055 mol, 70%) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 201.12 [M + H].+
121
Step 7. Benzyl ({4-cyano-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate (compound 159). To a solution of 3-methyl-2-((methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-carbonitrile 158 (0.5 g, 0.0025 mol) rn DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added TEA (0.75 g, 0.0075 mol, 3.0 eq). Benzyl chloroformate (Cbz chloride; 0.63 g, 5 0.0037 mol, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise and allowed to stir at 0 °C to RT for 2 h.
Note: The same reaction was performed on a 1.45 g of starting (3-methyl-2((methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-carbonitrile) 158 and both batches were mixed together while work up and the purification. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford 10 the crude product which was further purified by CC (eluent: n-Hexane/EtOAc, 90/10 v/v) gave the title compound 159 (2.5 g, 0.0074 mol, 76%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 335.27 [M + H].+
Step 8. Benzyl ((4-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)-3’methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate (compound 160). To a cooled (0 °C) solution of benzyl ({4-cyano-315 methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate 159 (0.4 g, 0.0011 mol) in MeOH (10 mL) at 0 °Cwas added Boc2O (0.65 g, 0.0029 mol, 2.5 eq) and NiCh 6H2O (0.28 g, 0.0011 mol, 1.0 eq). NaBH4 (0.091 g, 0.0023 mol, 2.0 eq) was added in portions to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C to RT for 2 h.
Note: The same reaction was performed on a 2.1 g of starting (benzyl ((4-cyano-3-methylbenzofuran-220 yl)methyi)(methyi)carbamate) 159 and both batches were mixed together for further work-up and purification.
After the completion of the reaction (TLC monitoring), the reaction mass was quenched with water, filtered through a Celite bed, washed with EtOAc (100 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc {150 mL), washed with H2O (100 mL), brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4) 25 and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. The crude material was purified by
CC (eluent: n-Hexane/EtOAc, 90/10 v/v) to afford the title compound 160 {2.5 g, 0.0057 mol,72.4%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 456.2 [M +18].+
Step 9. tert-Butyl {{3-methyl-24{methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-yl)methyl)carbamate (compound 30 161). To a stirred solution of benzyl ((4-(({tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)(methyl)carbamate 160 (0.7 g, 0.0015 moi) in MeOH (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (50% wet) (0.35 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT under hydrogen atmosphère for 2 h. The reaction
122 mixture was filtered through a Celite bed, washed with MeOH (100 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound 161 (0.5 g, 0.0016 mol, quantitative) as an off white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 305.28 [M + H]+.
Step 10. tert-Buty! ((3-methyl-2-((N-methylacrylamido)methyl)benzofuran-4-yl)methyl)carbamate (compound 162). To a solution of tert-butyl ((3-methyl·2-((methyiamino)methy^)benzofuran-4yl)methyl)carbamate 161 (0.5 g, 0.0016 mol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added TEA (0.49 g, 0.0049 mol, 3.0 eq). Acryloyl chloride (0.22g, 0.0024 mol, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise and allowed to stir at 0 °C for 1 h. The reaction mass was diluted with H2O (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), dried (Na^SOa), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 98:2 v/v) to yield the title compound 162 (0.3 g, 0.00083 mol, 66%) as an off white solid. LCMS (Method 3): m/z: 359.35 [M + H].+
Step 11. N-((4’(Aminomethyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride (compound 163). To a stirring solution of tert-butyl ((3-methyl-2-({Nmethylacrylamîdo)methy1)benzofuran-4-yl)methyl)carbamate 162 (0.3 g, 0.000836 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (5 mL), 4 M HCl in dioxane (1 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred from 0 °C to RT over 2 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product 163 (0.23 g, a mixture of A and B in a ratio of ca 3:2) as an off white solid. LCMS {Method 3): m/z 259.15 [M + H].+
Note: The LCMS analysis showed 56.46% of desired product in the mixture, the crude material was used in the next step without further purification {inséparable mixture of desired sait A and adduct B).
Step 12. N-Methyl-N-((3-methyl-4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 164). A 20 mL sealed tube was charged with a mixture of N-((4-(aminomethyl)-3methy!benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride 163 (A and B) (0.01 g, 0.0000339 mol, 1.0 eq), 3-iodopyridine 147 (0.008 g, 0.00004 mol, 1.2 eq), Cs:CO3 (0.066 g, 0.0002 mol, 6.0 eq) and DMF (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 10 min and 1,1-binaphthol (0.002 g, 0.0000067 mol, 1.0 eq), Cu (0.00021 g, 0.00000339 mol, 0.1 eq) and Cul (0.0006 g, 0.00000339 mol, 0.1 eq) were added sequentially and the nitrogen was bubbled through the resulting mixture for an additional 5 min. The reaction vial was sealed and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h.
2Q72.7
123
P Note: The same réaction was performed on a 0.2 g scale of N-((4-(aminomethyl)-3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide hydrochloride 163 (A and B) and both batches were mixed together (work up and purification).
The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through a celite bed, the filtrate was diluted with H2O 5 (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), the organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The crude material was purified by CC (silica gel, DCM/MeOH, 95:5V/V) to give the title intermediate 164 (0.155 g, inséparable mixture of products) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 336.39 [M + H].+
Note: The LCMS analysis showed 21.08% of desired product in the isolated mixture which was used in 10 the next step without further purification.
Step 13. tert-Buty) (EH3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 165). A 20 mL vial flask was charged with N-methyl-N-itS-methyl-A-tÎpyridin-S15 ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 164 (0.2 g, 0.000596 mol, 1.0 eq), tert-butyl (3bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-y1)carbamate 68 (0.212 g, 0.000596 mol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (0.615 g, 0.004768 mol, 8.0 eq) and CH3CH2CN:DMF mixture (8:2 v/0 (10 mL). The nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 10 min, Pd(OAc)2 (0.026 g, 0.0001192 mol, 0.2 eq) and tri(otolyl)phosphine (0.072 g, 0.0002385 mol, 0.4 eq) were added and the nitrogen was bubbled for an 20 additional S min. The reaction vial was sealed and heated at 100 C for 16 h.
Note: The 2nd batch was performed on a 0.14 g of starting N-methyl-N-((3-methyl-4-((pyndin-3ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 164 and both batches were mixed together for further work up and purification.
The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). 25 The organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was further purified by CC (eluent: n-hexane/EtOAc, 20/80 v/v)· The title compound 165 (0.17 g, 0.000278 mol, 29.3%) as an off-white solid was prepared. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 611.37 [M + 1].+
Step 14. Synthesis of tert-butyl (S,E)-(3-(3-(methyl((3-methy!-4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7yl)carbamate (compound 166). The racemic compound 165 (0.17 g) was submitted for chiral HPLC séparation and both enantiomers were isolated. Pure fractions of first enantiomer {PEAK-1)
124
corresponding to expected product 166 were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried (0.055 g), tret = 13.34 min. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 611.41 [M + H]. Chiral purity: 99.34%.
Chiral method séparation: Column Name: Chiralpak IC (4.6X250) mm, 5μ. Mobile phase: 0.1% DEA in Hexane/EtOH = 10/90 (v/v)· Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. Flow mode; isocratic. Température: ambient.
Step 15. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl}-N-methyl-N-((3-methyl4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2-y1)methyl)acrylamide dihydrochloride (compound 167).To a stirring solution of tert-butyl (S,EH3-(3-(methyl((3-methyl-4-((pyridin-3-ylamino)methyl)benzofuran-2yl)methy!)amino)-3-oxoprop-Ten-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-blazepin-7-yl)carbamate 166 (0.05 g, 0.0000818 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (2 mL), 2 M HCI in Èt2O (1.0 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min (0 °C -> RT), DCM was evaporated under reduced pressure to get the crude product which was precipitated from DCM (1 mL) and Et2O (5 mL). The title compound 167 (0.032 g, 0.0000548 mol, 68%) as a white solid was isolated. LCMS (Method 3): m/z 511.53 [M + H].+ Ψ NMR (DMSO-de, 400 MHz): δ (ppm): 10.92 (s, 1H), 8.66-8.61 (m, 1H), 8.35-8.24 (m, 4H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.14 (m, 3H), 5.02-4.74 (m, 4H), 3.86 (bs, 1H), 3.21-2.93 (3H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 1H). The stereochemistry for compound 167 was arbitrariiy attributed.
Example 21. Synthesis of {(S,E)-3-(7-(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 171).
General Synthetic Scheme.
125
Réaction conditions: a) K^CO^, MeCN, 50 “C, b) FM-162, NCy2NMeJ NBj4CI, 1,4Mioxaner 60 ’C; c) chiral séparation
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-(3-hydroxyazetidin“l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one (compound 169). To a suspension of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 109 (200 mg, 5 0.54 mmol) and K2CO3 (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added azetidin-3-ol HCl sait 168 (50 mg, 0.46 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 50 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with 10% MeOH in DCM (10 mL) and pre absorbed onto silica. Purification by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) afforded the title compound 169 (129 mg, 65% yield), as a white foam. R* 0.27 min (Method la); m/z 312/314 [M + H]+ (ES+). M NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 10 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (s, 1H), 4.33-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H),
3.82 (s, 1H), 3.42 (s, 1H), 3.17 (d, J - 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J = 13.9, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.462.32 (m, 1H), 1.92 (s, 2H).
Step 2. (E)-3-(7-{3-Hydroxyazetidin-l-yl}-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N15 methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 170). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl}methyl)acrylamide 6 (95 mg, 0.41 mmol), 3-bromo-7-(3hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 169 (130 mg, 0.41 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (12 mg, 0.04 mmol), [P(tBu)î]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd-162) (16 mg, 0.04 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins, then 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N20 methylcyclohexanamine (0.18 mL, 0.83 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for further 5 mins. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 1 h and was cooled to RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by silica chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound 170 (93 mg, 49% yield) as a white solid. R* 1.40 min (Method la); m/z 461 [M + H)+ (ES*). XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ, ppm 9.65 (1H, s), 8.46 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.98 (1H, d, 25 J = 2.3 Hz), 7.62-7.41 (3H, m), 7.34-7.17 (3H, m), 4.87 (2H, s), 4.84 (1H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.11 1H, q, J = 6.1
126
Hz), 3,51 (1H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.44 (1H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 3.12 (3H, s), 2.96 (1H, dd, J = 5.2, 2.4 Hz), 2.82-2.67 (4H, m), 2.28 (3H, s), 2.26-2.17 (1H, m), 1.94-1.84 (1H, m).
Step 3. (S,E)-3-(7-(3-hydroxyazetidin-l-yl)-8“Oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N5 methyl·N-({3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 171). The racemic mixture 170 was separated by chiral HPLC using chiralpak IC column - 30% EtOH, 16% CH2CI2, 64% i-hexane, 0.2% diethylamine. Pure fractions of second eluting isomer corresponding to expected product 171 were coilected, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried. R( 1,40 min (Method la) m/z 461 [M + H]+ (ES+). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ, ppm 9.65 (1H, s), 8,46 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 10 7.62-7.41 (3H, m), 7.34-7.17 (3H, m), 4.87 (2H, s), 4.84 (1H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.11 (1H, q, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.51 (1H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.44 (1H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 3.12 (3H, s), 2.96 (1H, dd, J = 5.2 Hz, 2.4 Hz), 2.82-2.67 (4H, m), 2,28 (3H, s), 2.26-2.17 (1H, m), 1.94-1.84 (1H, m). Chiraiity for compound 171 was arbitrarily assigned.
Example 22. Synthesis of (E)-N-methyl·N-{(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo15 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 173).
General Synthetic Scheme.
109
173
Reaction conditions: a) K2CO3J MeCN, morphoEÈne, 80 ’C, b} Intermedlate M, Pd-162, NCy^NMe, NBu^CI, 1 h4-dioxarie, &0 ’C
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-morpholino-5,6,7,9-tetrahydro-8H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8-one (compound 172). To a solution of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 109 (1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 5 mL) under nitrogen was added potassium carbonate {0.75 g, 5.5 mmol) and morpholine 110 (0.29 mL, 3.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 18 h. After cooling to RT, the 25 reaction mixture was partitioned between water (150 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate {150 mL). Combined organics were washed with brine (50 mL), dried {MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated from MTBE to afford the title
127
P compound 172 (395 mg, 43% yield} as an off white solid. R1 0.33 min (Method la); m/z 326/328 [M + H]+ (ES+). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6, ppm 10.12 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.17 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 0H), 2.99 (dd, J = 9.6, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (ddd, J = 13.8, 7.4, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.65-2.52 (m, 3H), 2.46 (dd, J = 11.1, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.33 - 2.10 (m, 2H).
Step 2. (E)-N-Methyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 173). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide 26 (50 mg, 0.2 mmol), 3-bromo-7-morpholino-6,7dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 172 (71 mg, 0.2 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride 10 hydrate (6.5 mg, 0.022 mmol), [P(tBu}3]Pd(croty1)Cl (Pd-162) (8.7 mg, 0.02 mmol). The tube was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins then 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (93 pL, 0.44 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for further 5 mins. The mixture was heated to 80 ’C for 1 h, then cooled to RT. The solvent was removed în vacuo and the crude residue purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound 173 (17 mg, 15 16% yield) as a white solid. R* 1.41 min (Method la); m/z 475 [M + H]+ (ES*). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOds, 373K): 5, ppm 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dt, J = 8.3, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.13 (m, 3H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.13-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 0H), 2.83 (ddd, J = 14.3, 7.5, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.50 (m, 4H), 2.34-2.14 (m, 2H).
Example 23. Synthesis of (E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(7-oxa-2azaspiroi3.5]nonan-2-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 176).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Réaction conditions: a) K2CO4, MeCN, 7'Oxa’2-azaspiro[3-S]nonane, 50 eC; b) Pd-162, CyjNMe, NBU4CL 1,4-dîQxars, 80 ’C
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-(7-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b)azepin-8(9H)-one {compound 175}. To a suspension of 3-bromo-7-îodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 109
128
(200 mg, 0.55 mmol) and K2CO3 (230 mg, 1.64 mmol) in acetonîtrile (4 mL) was added 7-oxa-2azaspiro[3.5]nonane (hemioxalate sait) 174 (110 mg, 0.65 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 50 C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with 10% MeOH in DCM (10 mL) and preabsorbed onto silica. Purification by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in OCM) afforded the title compound 175 (218 mg, quant, yield) as a yellow solid. R' 0.51 min (Method la); m/z 366/368 [M + H]* (ES*), Ψ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ, ppm 10.05 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 4H), 3.01 (dd, J = 9.7, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.S0-2.41 (m, 3H), 2.38-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.27 (m, 4H).
Step 2. (E)-N-Methyi-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(7-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 176). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (140 mg, 0.59 mmol), 3-bromo-7-(7oxa-2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 175 (220 mg, 0.59 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (18 mg, 0.06 mmol), [P(tBu)3lPd(crotyl)CI (Pd-162) (24 mg, 0.06 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 min. 1,4-Dioxane (3 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-Nmethylcyclohexanamîne (0.25 mL, 1.2 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for further 5 min. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 1 h and was cooled to RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude residue was taken up in EtOAc (2 mL) and isohexane (1 mL) was added. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid washed twice with isohexane (2x3 mL). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound 176 (243 mg, 78% yield) as a white solid. R‘ 1.45 min (Method la); m/z 515 [M + H]* (ES*).
NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ, ppm 9.63 (s, 1H), 8.43 {d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 3H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 3.46-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.04 (dd, J = 7.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.22 (ddd, J = 13.9, 6.9,1.8 Hz, 1H), 1.90 {dt, J = 7.7, 5,8 Hz, 1H), 1.55-1.50 (m, 4H).
Example 24. Synthesis of (E)-3-(7-(l,l-dioxidothiomorpholino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 179).
General Synthetic Scheme.
129
109
Reaction conditions: a) K2CO4, MeCN, 50 ’C; b) Pd-162, Cy2NMe, N8u4CI, 1,4-dioxane. 00 C
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-(l,l-dioxidothiomorpholino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-bîazepin-8(9H)-one (compound 178). To a stirred suspension of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)5 one 109 (0.2 g, 0.55 mmol) in MeCN (4 mL) was added thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide 177 (0.074 g, 0.55 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (0.23 g, 1.64 mmol). The réaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 24 h, then 80 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was ailowed to cool to RT then AcOH (glacial) was added dropwise until solid K2CO3 could no longer be seen. The solution was diluted with 10% MeOH in DCM (50 mL) and preabsorbed onto silica. The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) but the 10 product was not separated from a side product. The product was again purifed by chromatography (0100% EtOAc in isohexane) to afford the desired product 178 as an off-white solid (0.06 g, 29%). R1 0.85 min (Method 2a); m/z 374/376 [M + Hf (ES+). ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ, ppm 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 11.6, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.14 (m, 1H).
Step 2. (E)-3-(7-(l,l-Dioxidothiomorpho1ino)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 179). A microwave tube was flushed with N2 then N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylaniide 6 (0.037 g, 0.16 mmol), 3-bromo-7-(l,l-dioxidothiomorpholino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 178 (0.06 g, 0.16 20 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (5 mg, 0.016 mmol), and [PCBuhJPdfcrotylJCI (Pd-162) (5 mg, 0.011 mmol) were added. The tube was flushed for a further 5 mins with N2 then 1,4-dioxane (1.5 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (0.069 ml, 0.32 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C under an atmosphère of N2 and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, concentrated in vacuo, then taken up in EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and 25 brine (2 χ 20 mL). The organic phase was passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo before being triturated with isohexane. The crude product was purified by chromatpgraphy (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give the desired product 179 as an pale yellow solid (32 mg, 37%). Rf 1.92 min (Method la); m/z 523 [M + H]+ (ES+). 2H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de, 363 K); δ, ppm 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 3H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J = 11.0,
130
7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 5H), 2.93 (q, J = 3.8 Hz, 4H), 2.83 (ddd, J = 10.5, 7.2, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 2.78-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.17 (m, 1H).
Example 25. Synthesis of (E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 182).
General Synthetic Scheme.
1BO
Stop 1
N N
Reaction conditions: a) KZCO3< MeCN, pyrrolidine, 50 b) Pd-162, Cy2NMer NBu4CI, 1,4-dioxane, 80
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyndo(2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one (compound 181). To a solution of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 109 (180 mg, 0.49 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) under nitrogen was added K2CO3 (200 mg, 1.47 mmol) and pyrrolidine 180 (49 pL, 0.59 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80'Cfor 18 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water (7 mL) and ethyl acetate (7 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (7 mL). Combined organics were washed with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated from MTBE to give the title compound 181 (100 mg, 66% yield) as an off white solid. Rf 1.44 min (Method la); m/z 310/312 [M + H]+ (ES+).
Step 2. (E)-N-Methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 182). A reaction vial was charged with Nmethyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (74 mg, 0.32 mmol), 3-bromo-7-(pyrrolidin-lyl)-6,7-dîhydro-SH-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 181 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (10 mg, 0.032 mmol), [P(tBu)3]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd-162) (13 mg, 0.032 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 mins. 1,4-Dioxane (3 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (140 pL, 0.65 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for further 5 mins. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give the title
131 ) compound 182 (20 mg, 14% yield). R‘ 1.43 min (Method la); m/z 459 [M + H]+ (ES+). 1H NMR (DMSO-ds); δ, ppm 10.20 (s, IH), 8.51 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, IH), 8.13 (s, IH), 7.64-7.41 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.91 (d, J = 82.2 Hz, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, IH), 2.82-2.71 (m, IH), 2.73-2.69 (m, IH), 2.59-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.28 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 4H).
Example 26. Synthesis of (E}-N-methy]-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(7-(4(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pYrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 187).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) K2CO3, MeCN, 50 °C; b) TFA, DCM; c) Mesyi chloride, TEA. DCM, 0 C; d} Pd-162, CyjNMe, NBu4CI, 1,4-dioxane, 00 ’C.
Step 1. tert-Butyl 4-(3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)piperazine-lcarboxylate (compound 184). To a suspension of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin8(9H)-one 109 (400 mg, 1.09 mmol) and K2COj (450 mg, 3.27 mmol) in MeCN (4 mL) was added tertbutyl piperazine-l-carboxylate 183 (200 mg, 1.09 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 50 °Cfor 18 h.
The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with 10% MeOH in OCM (10 mL) and preabsorbed onto silica. Purification by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) afforded the title compound 184 (439 mg, 93% yield) as a white solid. R' 1.27 min (Method la); m/z 425/427 [M + H]+ (ESI. H NMR (DMSO-de); 6, ppm 10.13 (s, IH), 8.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 3.30 (s,
132
1H), 3.17 (s, 4H), 3.09 (dd, J = 10.4, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.56 (m, 3H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 1H),
2.35-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
Step 2. 3-Bromo-7-(pîperazin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one (compound 185). Trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-(3-bromo-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate 184 (439 mg, 1.03 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at RT. The reaction was stirred for 2 h and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting oil was taken up in MeOH (10 mL) and applied to an SCX column. The column was washed with MeOH (20 mL) and the product eluted with 10% methanolic ammonia (20 mL) to give the title compound 185 (336 mg, 93% yield) as a thick colourless oil. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. R‘ 1.04 min (Method la); m/z 325/327 [M + H]+ (ES*).
Step 3. 3-Bromo-7-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8{9H)-one (compound 186). To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-7-{piperazin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin8(9H)-one 185 (130 mg, 0.41 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added TEA (0.17 mL, 1.22 mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (0.04 mL, 0,49 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1 h and allowed to warm slowly to RT. The reaction mixture was partîtioned between H2O (10 mL) and DCM (6 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2x4 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 186 (148 mg, 84% yield) as a white solid. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. R‘ 1.47 min (Method la); m/z 403/405 [M + Hf (ES*). *H NMR (DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.99 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 4H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.83-2.76 (m, 3H), 2.73-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.12 (m, 1H).
Step 4. (E)-N-Methyl·N-{(3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(7-(4-(methylsulfonyl)pipeΓazin-l-yl)-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide {compound 187). A reaction vial was charged with N-methyi-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (85 mg, 0.37 mmol), 3-bromo-7-(4(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrîdo[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 186 (150 mg, 0.37 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate {11 mg, 0.04 mmol), [P(tBu)3]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd-162) (15 mg, 0.04 mmol). The vial was flushed with nitrogen for 5 min. 1,4-Dioxane (3 mL) and Cy2NMe (0.16 mL, 0.74 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for further 5 min. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 4 h and was cooled to RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo. Formation of a
133 “ precipitate was observer!. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solid washed twice with 1,4-dioxane (2x5 mL). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound 187 (78 mg, 38% yield) as a white solid. R‘ 1.95 min (Method la); m/z 552 [M + H]+ (Εδη^Η NMR (DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.55 5 (m, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 3H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 3.21 (dd, J = 10.2, 6.9
Hz, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 3.03 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 4H), 2.88-2.81 (m, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.38-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.18 (m, 1H).
Example 27. Synthesis of (S,E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methy1benzofuran-2-yl)methyl}-3-(8-oxo-7-(2-oxa-610 azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 190).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) K3CO4, MeCN, 50 °C; b) Pd-162, Cy2NMe, NBu4CI 1,4-dioxane, 80 ’C; c) chiral séparation
Step 1. 3-Bromo-7-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one (compound 188). To a stirred suspension of 3-bromo-7-iodo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)one 109 (0.30 g, 0.82 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) was added 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane hemioxalate sait 20 27 (0.14 g, 0.98 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (0.34 g, 2.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room température then AcOH (glacial) was added dropwise until solid K2CO3 could no longer be seen. The solution was diluted with 10% MeOH in DCM (50 mL) and preabsorbed onto silica. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-5% MeOH/ in DCM) to afford the desired product 188 as an off-white solid (0.30 g, quantitative yield). R1 25 0.14 min (Method 2a); m/z 338/340 [M + H]+ (ES+). XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ, ppm 10.10 (s, 1H),
134
8.33 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1 = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (s, 4H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 4H), 2.86 (dd, J = 10.0, 7.4 Hz,
1H), 2.75-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.78 (dddd, J = 12.9,10.5, 7.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H).
Step 2. (E)-N-Methyl·N-((3-methytbeπzofuran-2-yl)methy^)-3-(8-oxo-7-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 189). A microwave tube was flushed with N2 then N-methyl-N-((3-methyibenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide 6 (Û.20 g, 0.86 mmol), 3bromo-7-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b)azepin-8(9H)-one 188 (0.29 g, 0.86 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride hydrate (25 mg, 0.086 mmol), and [P('Bu)3]Pd(crotyl)CI (Pd162) (24 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added. The tube was flushed for 5 mins with N2 then 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine (0.37 ml, 1.72 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C under an atmosphère of N2 and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, concentrated in vacuo, then taken up in EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic phase was passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo before being triturated with isohexane. The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give the desired product 189 as an off white solid (270 mg, 64%). R* 1.39 min (Method la); m/z 487 [M + H]+ (ES*). Ψ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363 K): 6, ppm 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.18 (m, 3H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.52 (s, 4H), 3.42-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.20 (ddt, J = 13.2, 10.2, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 1.95-1.78 (m, 1H).
Step 3. (S,E)-N-methyi-N-({3-methytbenzofuran-2-yl)methy!)-3-(8-oxo-7-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 190). The racemic mixture 189 was separated by chiral prep HPLC using Method Ib. The eluting fractions were immediately neutralised by washing with NaHCO3 (Sat Aq., equal volume to fractions). Second eluting isomer (compound 190). R' 15.7 min (Method IIb). RÉ 1.38 min (Method la) m/z 487 [M + H]+ (ES*). *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): 6, ppm 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J - 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 3H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.51 (s, 4H), 3.37-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.95 (dd, J = 9.3, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (ddd, J - 14.5 Hz, 10.5 Hz, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.81 (m, 1H}. Chiral purity: 98.94%. Chirality for compound 190 was arbîtrarily assigned.
Example 28. Synthesis of (E)-N-((7-amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(8-oxo-7(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 191).
General Synthetic Scheme.
135
Réaction conditions: a) i. DIPEA, Pd-116,1,4-Dioxane, 90 'C: II. HCl.
Step 1. (E)-N-((7-Amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(8-oxo-7-(pyrrotidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,95 tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (compound 191). A mixture of N-((7((diphenylmethylene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 61 (94 mg, 0.23 mmol), 3-brQmo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-8(9H)-one 181 (65 mg, 0.21 mmol) and Pd-116 (11 mg, 0.02 mmol) was evacuated and backfilled with N2 three times. 1,4-Dioxane (2 mL) and DIPEA (0.18 mL, 1.05 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C and stirred for 2 h. A further portion of Pd-116 (11 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added and heating was continued for ~16 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT, then was diluted with HCl (1 M Aq, 5 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) and stirred for 30 mins. The reaction was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were back extracted with HCl (1 M Aq, 2 x 10 mL). The aqueous layer was then basified with solid NaHCOj to ~pH 8 and then was extracted again with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge, concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was purified by column chromatography (12 g, 0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the desired product 191 as a yellow solid (29 mg, 28%). R‘ 0.96 min (Method la) m/z 474 (M+H)* (ES*). *H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de, 363K) 6 9.64 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (td, J - 7.7,1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.7,1.2 Hz, 1H),
4.87 (s, 2H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.08 (dd, J = 9.1, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.83 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.76 - 2.67 (m,
1H), 2.60 - 2.54 (m, 4H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35 - 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.63 - 1.56 (m, 4H).
Example 29. Synthesis of (S,E)-N-((7-amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9 tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-y!)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 193).
General Synthetic Scheme.
136
Reaction conditions: a} chiral séparation; b) h Pd-116, DIPEA, \4-Dioxare, 90 ’C; ii.TMS-OTf, DCM; lli, 1M HC]k MeOH,
Step 1. tert-8utyl (S)-(3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 192). The racemic mixture 68 was separated by chiral prep SFC using a Chiralpak® IA (Daicel 5 Ltd.) column (2.1 x 150 mm, 3 pm particle size) flow rate 0.6 mL/min 1 eluting with 30% Ethanol. The product was analysed by analytical SFC (Waters UPC2, CHIRALPAK® IC-3 (Daicel Ltd.) column (2.1 x 150 mm, 3 pm particle size) flow rate 0.6 mL/min-Ι eluting with 30 % of éthanol). First eluting isomer (compound 192): R‘ 1.84 min. XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ, ppm 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.89 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 2.79 - 2.72 (m, 1H), 2,65 - 2.54 (m,
1H), 2,31 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 2,14 - 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.3S (s, 9H). Chirality arbitrarily assigned.
Step 2. (S,E)-N-{(7-Amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrîdo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methylacrylamide (compound 193), A mixture of N-((7((diphenylmethy!ene)amino)-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide 61 (92 mg, 0.23 mmol), (S)-tert-butyl (3-bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 192 (80 mg, 0.23 mmol) and Pd-116 (11 mg, 0.02 mmol) was evacuated and backfilled with N2 three times. 1,4Dioxane (2 mL) and DIPEA (0.12 mL, 0.67 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 ’C and stirred for S h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then H2O (20 mL) was added and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the 6oc and diphenyl imine protected intermediate as a yellow solid (0.14 g, 80%). The intermediate was dissolved in DCM (3 mL), TMS-OTf (0.12 mL, 0.67 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 mins at RT. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH (5 mL), then IM aq. HCl (10 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for a further 10 mins. The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layers were back extracted with IM aq. HCl (20 mL). The aqueous layer was then basified with solid NaHCO3 to ~pH 8 and was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 x 20 mL), dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge, concentrated in vacuo and
137
P purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the desired product 193 as an offwhite solid (34 mg, 36%). R10.90 min (Method la) m/z 420 (M+H)+(ES+);
*H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363K) 6 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.17 (m, 1H), 6.87 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.2 5 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.26 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.76 - 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.42 2.30 (m, 1H), 1.94 -1,48 (m, 3H). N-CH3 obscured by solvent peak - visible in RT NMR.
The product was analysed by Chiral HPLC (Agilent 1100, CHIRALPAK® IC, column (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 pm particle size) flow rate 1.5 mL/min1 eluting with a gradient of 5 - 95 % acetonitrile and water in lOmM Ammonium Bicarbonate): Rf 37.29 min, 98% e.r. (254 nm). The stereochemistry for compound 193 was 10 arbit rarily attributed.
Example 30. Synthesis of (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyndo[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methyl-4-(pyndin-3-y!oxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyf)acrylamide (compound 198).
General Synthetic Scheme.
Reaction conditions: a) BoczO. DM AP. DCM: t>) Cul, Ν,Ν-dimethylglycira K3PO4, DMSO, 110 *C; cj TFA, DCM: d) Acryloyl chloride, TEA, DCM. 0’C; e) Pd-116, DIPEA, 1,4-dioxane, 90 Cl ÜJTMSOTf, DCM
138
Step 1. tert-Butyl ((4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl}methyl)(methyl)carbamate (compound 194). To a stirred solution of 3-methyl-2-((methylamino)methyl)benzofuran-4-ol 80 (1.4 g, 7.32 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added Boc2O (2.55 mL, 11.0 mmol) and DMAP (0.98 g, 8.05 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h then the solvent was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was taken up in THF (25 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) and 2M aq. NaOH (25 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo and the remaining aqueous material was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 x 50 mL), dried by passing through a phase séparation cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the desired product 194 as a colourless oil (1.21 g, 56%) which crystallised on standing. R‘ 2.24 min (Method lb) m/z 236 (M-tBu)+ (ES+); ’H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-ds} δ 9.78 (s, 1H), 7.01 (t, J - 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J = 7.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
Step 2. tert-Butyl methyi((3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-y1)methyl)carbamate (compound 195). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl ((4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)(methy1)carbamate 194 (0.2 g, 0.69 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added 3-iodopyridine 147 (0.28 g, 1.37 mmol), N,Ndimethylglycine (0.07 g, 0.69 mmol), K3PO4 (0.29 g, 1.37 mmol) and Cul (0.07 g, 0.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then H2O (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases was washed with H2O (2 x 10 mL), dried using MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 195 as a thick brown oil (0.1 g, 41%). 2.31 min (Method la) m/z 369 (M+H)+ (ES*). JH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 6 8.40 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (dd, J = 4.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 7.34 {m, 3H), 7.29 {t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H}, 1.41 (s, 9H).
Step 3. N-Methyl-l-(3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methanamine (compound 196). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl methyl((3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl}methyl)carbamate 195 (0.1 g, 0.28 mmol) in DCM {1 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The solvents were removed în vacuo and the crude residue was taken up in MeOH (10 mL) and applied to a SCX column. The column was washed with MeOH (20 mL) and the product eluted with 10% methanolic ammonia (20 mL) to afford the title compound 196 as a brown oil (76 mg, 100%). R10.66 min (Method la) m/z 238 (M-NHCH3)+ (ES*).
139
Step 4. N-Methyl-N-((3-methy)-4-(pyridin-3-yioxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 197).
To a stirred solution of N-methyl-l-(3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methanamine 196 (74 5 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TEA (0.07 mL, 0.52 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (0.03 mL, 0.33 mmol) at 0 ’C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min, allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (5 mL) and then the aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL), dried using MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) to afford the title compound 197 as a colourless oil (174 mg, 60%). R* 1.50 min (Method la) m/z 323 (M+H)+ (ES+). NMR (500 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 8.49 - 8.30 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.32 - 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.07-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.23 - 6.13 (m, 1H), 5.79-5.68 (m, 1H), 4.81 (s, 0.8H), 4.72 (s, 1.2H), 3.08 (s, 1.7H), 2.89 (s, 1.3H), 2.24 - 2.16 (m, 3H).
Step 4. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methy!-N-((3-methyl4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 198). To a mixture of N-methyl-N-((3methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamîde 197 (26 mg, 0.08 mmol), (S)-tert-butyl (3bromo-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepln-7-vl)carbamate 192 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd-116 (4 mg, 8.1 pmot) were added 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and DIPEA (0.03 mL, 0.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with N2, heated to 90 C, stirred for 30 min and allowed to cool to RT. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the N-Boc-protected intermediate as a colourless solid. The N-Boc-protected intermediate was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and TMSOTf (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by chromatography on RP Flash
C18 (5-50% MeCN/10 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate) to afford the title compound 198 as a colourless solid (8 mg, 18%). R‘ 1.67 min (Method 1b) m/z 498 (M+H)+ (ES+); NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 363K) Ô 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.41 - 8.33 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 - 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.31 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.79 (dd, J = 7.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.27 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.75 - 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.40 - 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.90 - 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 2H}.
The product was analysed by Chiral HPLC (Agitent 1100, CHIRALPAK* IC, column (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 pm particle size) flow rate 2.0 mL/min-1 eluting with an gradient mixture of 25 - 95% acetonitrile and lOMm Ammonium bicarbonate in water over 40 mins: R* 33.97 min, 97% e.r. (254 nm). The stereochemistry for compound 198 was arbitrarily attributed.
140
Example 31. Synthesis of (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 200).
General Synthetic Scheme.
192 199 2®® chlralîty artMlrârfy
Reaction conditions: a) chiral séparation; b) Pd-162r DIPEA. 1,4-0κμηπβ. 00 *C; b) t, TFA, OCM; li. sal aq NaHCO3:H2O (1:1,5 mL)
Step 1. tert Butyl (S,E)-{3-(3-(methyl((2-methy!benzofuran-3-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate (compound 199). A mixture of N-methyl10 N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide 26 (63 mg, 0.28 mmol), tert-butyl (S)-(3-bromo-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 192 (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol), DIPEA (0.1 mL, 0.55 mmol) and Pd-162 (11 mg, 0.03 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was degassed for 10 min with N2. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 1 h and then cooled to RT. Water (2 mL) was added and a solid precipitated. The crude product was collected by filtration and purified by column chromatography (Û15 10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound 199 as an off-white solid (140 mg, quant). R* 2.16 min (Method lb) m/z 449 (M+H-tBu)* (ES+).
Step 2. (S,E)-3-(7-Amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((2methy!benzofuran-3-yl)methyl)acrylamide (compound 200). To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (S,E)-(320 (3-(methyl((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)amino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-7-yl)carbamate 199 (62 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting oil was taken up in a mixture of sat aq NaHCO3:H2O (1:1, 5 mL) and sonicated. A solid precipitated and was collected by filtration and further washed with H2O (2 mL). The resulting solid was sonicated in MeCN (2 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound 200 as a colourless solid (15 mg, 29%). R* 1.67 min (Method la) m/z 4Û5 (M+H)* (ES*). dH NMR (363 K, 400 MHz, DMSO-ds) δ 9.81 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.04 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.62 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J = 7.6,1.3 Hz, IH), 7.34 - 7.12 (m, 3H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.25
I
141
I (dd, J = 11.2, 7.5 Hz, IH), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.73 - 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H, under DMSO peak), 2.41 - 2.29 (m, IH), 1.91 - 1.78 (m, IH), 1.68 (br s, 2H).
The product was analyzed by Chiral HPLC (Agilent 1100, Phenomenex Lux C4, C18, 3 pm, 150 x 20 mm) under îsocratic basic conditions: 60% Water (1% DEA) / 40% MeCN for 9 minutes. R‘ 6.4 min, 98% e.r.
(diode array). The stereochemistry for compound 200 was arbitrarily attributed and later on confirmed by co-crystallîzation.
Example 32. Synthesis of (E)-3-(6-amino-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-l,8-naphthyridin-3’yl)-^l·methyl·N((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride (compound 201, comparator)
201
Compound 201 was made according to WO2019177975.
Example 33 - Compositions comprising the compounds of the invention
A compound ofthe présent invention is formulated as a nanosuspension or microsuspension in water or 15 oil and stabilized by a polymer such as cellulose, 2-hydroxypropyl ether, or Cellulose ethyl ether in a concentration between 0.01 and 10 %, said formulation further comprises a surfactant such as Polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan monooleate in a concentration of between 0.01 and 10 %. This formulation is suitable for administration via the oral route.
A compound of the présent invention is formulated as a nanosuspension or microsuspension in water or 20 oil. The formulation further comprises a polymer such as Polyethylene Glycol 4000 or a-Hydro-ohydroxypoly(oxy-l,2-ethanediyl) in a concentration between 0.01 and 10 %, and a surfactant such as Polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan monooleate in a concentration between 0.01 and 10 %. This formulation is suitable for administration via the intramuscular route.
A compound of the présent invention is formulated as a solution at a concentration of 10 mg/ml in a 25 40% Captisol SBE-beta-cyclodextrin aqueous vehicle or 30% Kleptose hydroxypropyl β-cyclodextrin aqueous vehicle. This formulation is suitable for administration via the intravascular route after dilution.
A compound of the présent invention is formulated as a solution in concentration of from 0.05 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL in water, isotonicity is obtained with glucose 5%.
wt or less, sodium chloride 0.9% wt or less. This formulation is suitable for administration via the intravascular route.
142
A compound ofthe présent invention is formulated as a pre concentrate of solvent (éthanol), associated with surfactants (polyoxyl castor oil), this pre concentrate is further diluted with water, and made isotonie with glucose or sodium dichloride. A metastable solution suitable with intravascular administration.
Example 34 Antibacterial activity
The exemplifîed compounds were tested for activity on the target enzyme and on the bacteria, relying on the following test procedures:
Inhibition of Fabl proteins:
Inhibition of Fabl enzyme from Acinetobacter baumannii and Escherichia coli was tested by measuring the rate of NADH consumption (Aabsorbance at 340nm/ min) at 30 °C in 96-well plate format using an automated plate reader in the presence or absence ofthe test compounds. The assay mixture contained 100 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.25 (A. baumannii) or 7.5 (E. coli ), 100 mM ammonium acetate, 0.02% (A. baumannii} or 0.05% (E. coli) Pluronic F-68, 25 μΜ crotonyl ACP, 50 μΜ NADH, 25 pM (A. baumannii) or 50 pM (E. coli) recombinant Fabl protein, and 7.5% DMSO. Test compounds were added at concentrations ranging from 0.17 to 10,000 nM in a final well volume of 100 μΙ. This dose-response înhibitory assay was performed using a 10-point, serial dilution sériés for each test compound. IC50 values for each test compound were assigned from logistical sigmoid curve-fitting of the inhibition dose response curves.
MIC:
The antibacterial activity of Fabl inhibitors against select Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacterial species including susceptible and multi-drug résistant A. baumannii, E. coli, K. pneumoniae and S. aureus was tested using the broth microdilution Minimal Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) assay following CLSI guidelines for insoluble compounds. Test articles were sérially diluted 2-fold in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted 100-fold into cation adjusted Muetler-Hinton broth (CA-MHB) to achieve a 10point test concentration range in 1% DMSO. Final compound concentrations were 0.016-8 pg/ml for S. aureus or 0.06-32 μg/ml for the Gram-negative species. MIC test plates were then prepared by transferring 100 μΙ ofthe final assay medium (test article in CA-MHB, 1% DMSO) into the appropriate wells of a stérile, low binding 96-well polystyrène plate. Direct colony suspension inoculums of the test strains were freshly prepared per CLSI guidelines, and the appropriate test wells were inoculated to achieve a final bacterial cell density of 5 x 10s CFU/ml. Growth control (no test article) and négative control (no bacterial inoculum) wells were also included. Exposure to light was minimized during ail stages of assay préparation. MIC test plates were incubated at 35 °C for 20 hours. Bacterial growth was then determined by measuring the optical density at 600 nm (ODeoo) using a SpectraMax Plus platereader spectrophotometer. MIC values were assigned, following assessment of both ODSoo values and
143
visual inspection of wells, as the lowest test article concentration that resulted in no visible bacterial growth.
Results are shown in table I below.
144
S. aureus ATCC 29213 MIC (pg/ml) <4 VI <4
K. pneumoniae A6030827 MIC (pg/mQ
A. baumannii ATCC BAA1605 MIC (pg/mL) <4 <4 rr VI
E. colî AG 100 MIC (Rg/mL) VI VI
E. colî Fabl IC50 (nM)
A. baumannii Fabl IC50 (nM) <10 <10
Compound screened (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-Amino-2methy i-4-oxo-2,3,4,5tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3- b] [l,4jdiazepin-8-yl)-N-((7amino-2-methylbenzofuran-3- yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-amino-2methyi-4-oxo-2,3,4,5tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N- methyl-N-((3methytbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide E)-3-(3-acetamido-4-oxo2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8yl)-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2-
Compound Number 62 52 42
145
VI <4 <4 <4
16 VI <4
VI VI 1 <4 CO
<4 VI
< 10 < 10 < 10
< 10 < 10 < 10
yl)methy1)acrylamide (S,E)-N-methyi-N-((2methylbenzofuran-3yl)methyi)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-b][l,4]dîazepin-8yljacrylamide E)-3-((R)-3-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylniQrpholino)-4-oxo2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-b][l,4îdiazepin-8yl}-N-methy!-N-{(3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide (S,E)-3-(3-amino-4-oxo2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyndo[2,3-b]{l,4]diazepin-8yl)-N-methyl-N-((3m et hy 1 benzof u ra n-2y!)methyl)acrylamide O oo O ô X ? oo ô c *Ê T rç ll7
35 CO 92
146
< 4 VI VI
VI i <4 VI
VI <4 VI
91 1 <4 i 4
O V
<10 <10 O
tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-chloro-3methylbenzofiiran-2- yl)methy!)-Nmethylacrylamide 2,2,2trifluoroacetate {EF3-(7-amîno-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)'N-methyl-N-((2methylbenzofuran-3yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride Hydrochloride sait of (S,E)-3(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-{(3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylan!ide hydrochloride « ά ± θ' c©’ z m ra > .E ™ « φ Φ rtl· E + S1 ? “ ïï- T ί ï s a
1 1 94 71 56
147
< 4 ι_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ < 4 VI
<4 VI <4
VI VI <4
00 cr VI <4
Ο V < 10 O V
£ π £ . g- S 2 χ A <υ >. £ g Φ ω E Ε (S,E)-3-(7-(dimethylamino)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tet ra hy dro-5 Ηpyrido[2,3-b]azepïn-3-yl)’N- methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetra hyd ro-5H pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N{(7-chloro-3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide hydrochloride (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tet ra hyd ro-5H pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N((7-fluoro-3methylbenzofuran-2-
96 86 107
148
Vf VI VI
VI <4 VI
'd- vi rr VI ’d' VI
<4 I <3* VI VI
<10
O V 01 > <10
yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide hydrochioride (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido{2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N- methyl-N-({3methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochioride (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahyd ro-5 H pyrido[2,3-bjazepin-3-yl)-N((4-f!uoro-3methy!benzofuran-2~ yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide hydrochioride (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N- ((7-fluoro-3-
119 1 1 130 140
149
•dVI VI < 4
VI <4 VI
VI <4
VI <4 VI
<10 < 10 < 10
methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide hydrochloride (SI i fO ? . £ o ' ' m q x X m m Qj O un ' >. c -Q ώ 2 S. £ Λ E 2 Έ S = >: ™ — _È <0 'O £ ω E ns Z- 2. -2 u Ό ns i l — > ™ J 'T A <*i — .O O Y rM Y ' ? JZ i S 1 | s < ·= Φ Λ Έ ÏÏ. T α. E > .c {E)-3’((S)-7-amino-8-oxo6,7,8,94etrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N«4-(((lr,4r)-4aminocyclohexyl)oxy)-3methylbenzofuran-2- yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide bis{2,2,2trifluoroacetate) ô x X O un φ É O “O c >· E p £ ΰ rn σγ .X oo à 5-
151 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 86 167
150
<4 <4 <4
<4 <4
<4 Vf VI
00 VI
< 10
< 10 < 10 o V
pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-{(3-methyl-4((pyridin-3ylamino)methy))benzofuran-2yi)methyl)acryiamide dihydrochloride {S,E)-N-((7-fluoro-3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyi)-N-methyl-3-(7morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (E)-N-methyl-N-({2methylbenzofuran-3yl)methyl)-3-(7-morpholino-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tet ra hyd ro-5 H pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3- yljacrylamide (E)-N-methyl-N-((3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(7-oxa2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-
113 173 176
<4 VI ^r VI
00 VI
VI VI Ît VI
oo <4 ; 16
< 10
< 10 < 10 < 10
x A c Ô ’r? -c 2! Æ Æ qj g _Q Ό φ Ë V _î5 °\ o t 00 T5 o ρΛ ‘i- TO O Œ >- (E)-3-(7-(l,lDioxidothiomorphoiino)-8oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N- methy)-N-((3m et hy 1 be nzofu ra n-2yl)methyi)acrylamîde , eu CP (N Ό > A αί o £ - fl1 ό t< s È 2 Z3 00 S- 4 1 '—- i îT? >· 2 m T f c c o m > t5 ΐ ç 2 5 p Ê f E S Έ (E)-N-Methyl-N-({3methylbenzofuran-2y l)methy))-3-(7-(4(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-lyt)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-
179 1 182 187
152
VI S4 VI <4
VI VI
VI Tf- VI VI <4
VI VI co VI
O V O V < 10
< 10 O
yl)acrylam ide S,E}-N-methyl-N-((3methyibenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxo-7-(2-oxa6-azaspiro{3.3]heptan-6-yl}6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3; yl)acrylamide 1 _______ ((S,E)-3-(7-(3-hydroxyazetidinl-y|)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)- N-methyl-N-{(3methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide (E)-N-((7-Amino-2methylbenzofuran-3yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(8-oxo7-(pyrroltdin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide (S,E)-N-((7-amino-2methylbenzofuran-3-
190 171 S 193
153
^r <4
<4 VI 16
VI VI co
< 10
O V 19
yl)methyl)-3-(7“amino-8-oxo6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-3-yl)-Nmethylacryiamîde c rti ' ί X S | , D 4 ΐ 2 lo o > — y φ φ 4 ί °? g T D 4 .Ξ ε x > σ> x Ί £ ÎD ? φ <*> ο Q N - î Λ -o T >- £S _l >. S — Ξ “ >· -Ç Τ3 φ M ±5 P *5 ’C C jl. φ EL tu > JE. E Si Έ1 E S (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3ό]3Ζ6ρίη-3-γΙ)-Ν-ηηεΐΚγΙ-Ν-((2methylbenzofuran-3yl)methyl}acrylamide (E)-3-(6-amino-7-oxo-5,6,7,8tetrahydro-l,8-naphthyridin-3yl)-N-methyl-N-{(3meÎhylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide hydrochloride
198 200 201 (comparator)
Table 1
154
Example 35 In vivo activity
The exemplified compounds were tested for effrcacy in murine infection models, relying on the following test procedures:
Mouse thigh infection model
Protocol (thigh)
Groups of 5 female specific-pathogen-free BALB/c mice weighing 18 ± 2 g were used. In the 24 hr model (bacterial counts determined 24 hr after treatment start), mice were rendered neutropénie with cyclophosphamide intraperitoneal (IP) administration conducted at Days -4 (150 mg/kg), and day -1 (100 mg/kg). In the 72 hr model (bacterial counts determined 72 hr after treatment start), animais were rendered persistently neutropénie for the duration of the infection period with cyclophosphamide intraperitoneal (IP) administration conducted at Days -4 (150 mg/kg), -1 (100 mg/kg) and +1 (lOOmg/kg). Persistent neutropenia is required to prevent pathogen clearance from thigh tissue in the 74 hr model, Nutritional supplémentation (diet gel) plus saline SC injections were provided daily to help animais tolerate the cyclophosphamide treatment.
On day 0, animais were inoculated intramuscularly (0.1 ml/thigh) with a 1.67X104 inoculum count of Acinetobacter baumannii ATCC 17978. Vehicle control (40% Captisol), positive control (tigecycline) or test substances were then administered 2 hr post infection by the subeutaneous (SC) route of administration. Each dosing group consisted of 5 female mice. The MICs of the compounds against the test strain were 8 pg/ml, 2 pg/ml and 0.5 pg/ml for compound 201, compound 71 and compound 200, respectively. The dose levels and frequencies are indicated in Table 1 below (Results). At 26 or 74 hours after inoculation (24 or 72 hr after treatment initiation), animais were euthanized with CO2 asphyxiation and the thigh tissue harvested from each of the test animais. The tissues were homogenized in 3 mL of PBS, pH 7.4 with a homogenizer. Homogenates, 0.1 mL, were used for serial 10-fold dilutions and plated onto NB agarfor colony counts. Efficacy is caîculated as the change in log CFU/g thigh vs. the time 0 (treatment initiation) control.
AH aspects of this work including housing, expérimentation, and animal disposai were performed in accordance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animais: Eighth Edition (The National Academies Press, Washington, DC, 2011) in an AAALAC-accredited laboratory animal facility.
155
Results (thigh)
Table 1. Mean logCFU and change logCFU per g thigh in the mouse thigh model for the indicated dose regimens and treatment durations following SC administration of the test articles:
Treatment Dose (mg/kg) Dose schedule Total daily dose (mg/kg) Mean Log CFU/g thigh Mean Change log CFU/g thigh
Time 0 24 hr 72 hr 24 hr 72 hr
Time 0 NA NA NA 4.85
Vehicle 0 q6h 0 6.70 6.94 1.65 2.10
Tigecycline 3 ql2h 6 2.37 1.36 -2.48 -3.48
Compound 201 25 q6h 100 7.09 2.24
50 q6h 200 7.11 6.70 2.26 1.86
Compound 71 25 q6h 100 7.09 2.25
50 q6h 200 5.45 5.95 0.60 1.10
Compound 200 25 q6h 100 2.58 -2.27
50 q6h 200 2.31 2.71 -2.53 -2.14
Summary (thigh)
Vehicle Controls show robust growth and sustained infection throughout the treatment period, and the positive control (tigecycline) showed the expected high efficacy, with better efficacy at 72 hr than at 24 hr. Compound 200 showed excellent efficacy (2.1 - 2.4 log kîll) following both 24 hr and 72 hr 10 treatment. Compound 71 showed very slight efficacy, better than the vehicle Controls, but not reaching stasis (0 change log CFU/g thigh), whereas compound 201 showed no efficacy, similarto the vehicle Controls.
Mouse lung infection model
Protocol (lung)
Groups of 5 female specific-pathogen-free BALB/c mice weighing 18 ± 2 g were used. In the 24 hr model (bacterial counts determined 24 hr after treatment start), mice were rendered neutropénie with cyclophosphamide intraperitoneal (IP) administration conducted at Days -4 (150 mg/kg), and 20 day -1 (100 mg/kg). In the 72 hr model (bacterial counts determined 72 hr after treatment start), animais were rendered persistently neutropénie for the duration of the infection period with cyclophosphamide intraperitoneal (IP) administration conducted at Days -4 (150 mg/kg), -1 (100 mg/kg) and +1 (lOOmg/kg). Persistent neutropenia is required to prevent pathogen clearance from lung tissue in the 74 hr mode!. Nutritional supplémentation (diet gel) plus saline SC injections were 25 provided daily to help animais tolerate the cyclophosphamide treatment.
156
On day 0, animais were anesthetized with etomidate-lipuro émulsion (20 mg/10 mL; 20 mg/kg dose, IV) and then inoculated întranasally with an A. baumannii ATCC 17978 suspension, 1.36xlOs CFU/mouse, 0.02 mL/mouse. Vehicle control (40% Captisol), positive control (tigecycline) or test substances were then administered 2 hr post infection by the subcutaneous (SC) route of 5 administration. Each dosing group consisted of 5 female mice. The MICs of the compounds against the test strain were 8 pg/ml and 0.5 pg/ml for compound 201 and compound 200, respectively. The dose levels and frequencies are indicated in Table 2 below (Results). At 26 or 74 hours after inoculation (24 or 72 hr after treatment initiation), animais were euthanized with CO2 asphyxiation and the lung tissue harvested from each of the test animais. The tissues were homogenized in 1 mL 10 of PBS, pH 7.4 with a homogenizer. Homogenates, 0.1 mL, were used for serial 10-fold dilutions and plated onto MacConkey II agar for colony counts. Efficacy is calculated as the change in log CFU/g thigh vs. the time 0 (treatment initiation) control.
Ail aspects of this work including housing, expérimentation, and animal disposai were performed in accordance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animais: Eighth Edition (The
National Academies Press, Washington, DC, 2011) in an AAALAC-accredited laboratory animal facility.
Results (lung)
Table 2. Mean log CFU and mean change log CFU per g lung in the mouse lung model for the indicated dose regimens and treatment durations following SC administration ofthe test articles:
Treatment Dose (mg/kg) Dose schedule Total daily dose (mg/kg) Mean Log CFU/g lung Mean change log CFU/g lung
Time 0 24 hr 72 hr 24 hr 72 hr
Time 0 NA NA NA 6.30
Vehicle 0 q6h 0 7.69 7.61 1.39 1.31
Tigecycline 3 ql2h 6 2.87 1.57 -3.44 -4.74
Compound 201 25 q6h 100 7.32 6.51 1.02 0.21
50 q6h 200 6.56 5.95 0.26 -0.35
Compound 200 25 q6h 100 3.86 4.09 -2.44 -2.21
50 q6h 200 2.80 2.91 -3.50 -3.39
Summary (lung)
Vehicle Controls show robust growth and sustained infection throughout the treatment period, and the positive control (tigecycline) showed the expected high efficacy, with better efficacy at 72 hrthan at 24 hr. Compound 200 showed excellent efficacy (2.5 - 3.5 log kill) following both 24 hr and 72 hr
157
treatment. Compound 201 showed very slight efficacy, better than the vehicle Controls, but only approaching, or at, stasis (0 change Jog CFU/g Jung).

Claims (15)

Claims
1. A compound of formula (I)
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, sait and/or solvaté thereof, wherein
LHS ts selected from the group consisting of LHSa and LHSb
Rj Ri
LHSa LHSb wherein, the asterisk (*) marks the point of attachment;
Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, N H, and NRj;
Qi is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH and N-Ci.4-alkyl;
Rois selected from the group consisting of CH3 and Cl, or alternatively Ro together with Ru form a heterocycle comprising the N to which RM is attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which Ru is attached;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci-4-alkyl, ORs, CN, NRSR6, CO-NRSR6, CV4alkylene-NRsRs, Ci-4-alkylene-ORs, NH-CO-Ci-4-alkylene-R5j NH-CO-NRSR6, NH-COORS, NHSO2-Ci-e. alkylene-Rs.Ci-e-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, Cr4-alkyl, ORs, C1-4-alkylene-ORs, CN, NRSRS, CO-NRsRe, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5R6, C2-6-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Cr4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
159
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Ci-4 -alkyl, O-Ci-4 alkyl, OH, NH2, NHCi4 .alkyl, and S-Ci.4 .alkyl;
R3a, Rat and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Ci^5 alkyl, O-C1.4-alkyl, OH, NH2, NHCi.4.alkyl, and S-Cr4-alkyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci4-alkyl, 0R3, CN, CORio, phenyl, OH, NH2, S-C1-4 -alkyl, NRsRe, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S;
Rs and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, COR3q, Ci-4-alkyl, C3.Bcycloalkyl, SO2R7, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted wîth 1-3 R? groups;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, I, Br, Cl, O, CM-alkyl, CONH2, OH, NH2, O-Cr4alkyl, NH-Ci.4-alkyl, N(Ci-4-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4-a1kylene-NH2.NO2, CN, C2.4-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, C2.4-aikynylene-OH, C2.4-alkynylene-NH2, SO2CH3, and O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH;
20 Rs and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci^-alkyl, Ci-4-alkyl-F, CN, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4-alkyl, NH-Ci.4-alkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyl)2,Ci.4-alkylene-OH, and C3.4-alkylene-NH2;
Riois selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, Cn-alkyl-F, Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4alkyiene-NH2;
Ru and Ri2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci-4-alkyl, CO-Cj.4-alkyl, 25 SO2(Ci-4-aIkyI)i, CM-aIkyl-F, Ci.4-aikylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2, or alternativeiy, Ru and Ri2 together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be
30 substituted with 1-3 R7 groups;
Ru is selected from the group consisting of H or Ru;
R14isCH3, or alternatively Rw together with R0of LHSa or LHSt,form a heterocycle comprising the N to which R14 îs attached and having 5 to 8 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which R44 is attached;
160 and.
Rd is selected from the group consisting of-RO3Re2, -CH2-OPO3Re2, wherein Re is selected from the group consisting of H and a cation suitable for forming a pharmaceutically acceptable sait.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein LHS is LHSa.
3. A compound according to claim 1 wherein LHS is LHSb.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein Qi is selected from the group consisting of O or S.
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein Ro is CH3 and Rw is CH3
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein R0together with RMform a heterocyde comprising the N to which RM is attached and having 5 to 8, preferably 7 ring members, wherein preferably the only heteroatom in said ring is the N to which Rw is attached.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci-4 -alkyl, ORs, CN, NRsRs, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5R6, Ci,4-alkylene-OR5, NH-COCi.4.alkylene-Rs, NH-CO-NRsRe. NH-COORs,NHSO2-Ci-4 atkylene-Rs, C3.s-cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups, and preferably wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Ci-4-alkyl, OR3, NRSRS, Ci-4-alkylene-NR5Rs, Ci-4-alkylene-ORsrC3.scycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4 -alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, wherein Rs, Rs and R? are as specified in claim 1.
8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Ci,4-alkyl, ORs, Cn-alkylene-ORs.CN, NRsRg, Ci-a-alkylene-NRsRs, C3.6cycloalkyl, wherein said Cm-alkyl and cycloalkyl may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, and preferably wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of Cw-alkyl, H, F, Cl, ORs, and NR5R6, wherein R$, R6 and R? are as specified in claim 1.
161
9.
A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1.4.alkyl, and preferably wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2.
10 M7a M7b wherein Pg representsa protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PM B group, and DMB group, wherein Y, Qi and ail R groups hâve the same meaning as specified in daims 1 to 19, wherein Ru and Rj? may be a group as defined in any of daims 1 to 19 or may be such a defined group that also comprises a protective group, which is preferably selected from the Boc
10 Rn and Rn a re independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, Ci-4-alkyl, Ci.4-aIkyl-F, Cn-alkylene-OH, and C^-alkylene-NHz.or alternatively, Rn and Rntogether with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein
15 said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, and wherein preferably Rn and Ru are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Cwalkyl, wherein R5, Rs and Rd are as specified in claim 1.
17. A compound according to any one of daims 1 to 16 wherein Y is CH2.
18. A compound according to any one of daims 1 or 17 wherein Y is NH.
19. A compound according to daim 1 selected from the group consisting of (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-Amino2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-((7-amino-2-
25 methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl}-N-methylacrylamide,(E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-amino-2-methyl-4-oxo2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide, E)-3-(3-acetamido-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyndo[2,3b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, (S,E}-N-methylN-{(2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(4-oxo-3-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)-2,3,4,530 tetrahydro-lH-pyndo[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)acryJamide, E}-3-((R)-3-((2S,6R)-2,6dimethylmorpholiπo)-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepiπ-8-yl)-N-methy^N((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, and (S,E)-3-(3-amino-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrolH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]diazepin-8-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-l)methyl)acrylamide, (E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-chloro-335 methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl}-N-methylacrylamide, (E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro20727
164
5H-pyrido[2,3-blazepin-3-yl)-N’methyl·N-((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)πΊethyl)acrylam^de, (S,E)-3(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-nnethyl-N-{(3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamider(E)-3-(7-(dimethylamino}-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2i3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyi-N'((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylannide, (S,E)-3(7’(dimethylamino)’8-oxo-6,7,8,9’tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3methytbenzofuran-2-y[)methy))acrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxO'6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5Hpyrido[2?3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N*((7-chlofo-3*methylbenzofu ran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7?8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((7-fluoro-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)acrylamideT (S,E}-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N’((4-f)uoro-3methy!benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylaniider(S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3’y!)-N-((7-fîuoro-3-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-Nmethylacrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7--amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydrO-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-Nmethyl-N-((3-methyi-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide7-(E)-3-((S)-7-amino-8oxO’6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepin-3-yl)-N-((4-(((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)oxy)-3methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methylacrylamider(S,E)’3-(7-amino-8“Oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro5H-ρyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl·N-((3-methyl·4-((pyridin’3'ylaπ1ino}methyl)benzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide-(S,E)-N-((7-fluoro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-N-methyl-3-(7morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H’pyrido[2/3-b)azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-N-methyl-N((2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-morpholino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3b]azepîn-3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(8-oxü-7-(7-oxa2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (E)-3-(7(l,l-DioxidothiomorphoHno)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyi-N({3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)acrylamide, (E)’N-Methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)-3-(8’Oxo-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yt)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-blazepin-3yl)acrylamide, (E)-N-Methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-{7-(4(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-teÎrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, S?E)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyi)-3-(8-oxo-7-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yi)acrylamide, ((S,E)-3-(7-{3“hydroxyazetidin-lyl)-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-((3-methylbenzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide, (E)-N-((7-Amrno-2-methylbenzofuran-3-yl)methyl)-N-methyf-3-(8-oxo-7(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyndo[2,3-b]azepin-3-yl)acrylamide, (5,E)-N-((7-amino-2methylbenzofu ran-3-yl)methyl)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepin-3165
2Q72.7 yl)-N-methylacrylamide, and (E)-3-((2R,3S)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHpyrido[2,3-bni,4]diazepin-8-yt)-N-methyi-N-((3-methyl-4-(pyridin-3~yloxy)benzofuran-2yl)methyl)acrylamide, (S,E)-3-(7-amino-8-oxo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b]azepîn-3-yl)-Nmethyl·N-((2-methy^benzofuran-3*yl)methyl)acrylamide and any pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, saIts and/or solvatés thereof.
20. A pharmaceutîcal composition comprising a compound according to any preceding claim,
21. A compound or composition according to any preceding claims for use in a method of therapy wherein preferably the method of therapy is a method of treating a bacterial infection and wherein preferably the bacterial infection is associated with one or more of bacteria selected from the group consisting of; S. aureus, E. colî, Klebsiella pneumoniae and A. baumannii and mostpreferably wherein the bacterial infection is associated with A. baumannii and is preferably pneumonia and most preferably nosocomial pneumonia.
22. A method for producing a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19 wherein said method is selected from a first variant that comprises the step of coupling a precursor compound of formula Ml or Ml'
Ό Rn
Ml
ΜΓ wherein X represents a leaving group, which is preferably selected from a hydroxyl group, a tosylate group, a triflate group, a mesylate group, iodide, bromide, chloride, methoxy, and ethoxy, and Pg
25 represents a protectîve group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, and Ru and or Ru in addition of being defined as herein may also comprise a protectîve group, which is preferably selected from the Boc group, PMB group, and DMB group, with an amine compound of formula M2a or M2b, as appropriate
166
wherein Y, Ch, and ail R groups hâve the same meanîngs as specified in daims 1 to 18;
and a second variant that comprises the step of coupling a compound of formula M6 or M6'
10. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9 wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHC1-4.alkyl, and preferably wherein R3a, R3b and R3c are independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2.
11. A compound according to any one of daims 1 to 10 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OR3, CORio, OH, NH2, and NR5Re,and wherein R4 is preferably selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OR5, OH, NH2, and NR3R5, wherein Rs, Re and Rio are as specified in claim 1.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 wherein R? is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4-alkyl, NH-Ci.4-alkyl, N(Ci.4alkyl)2rCi-4-alkylene-OH, Ci.4-alkylene-NH2, and O-Ci.4-alkylene-OH, C2.4-alkynylene-OH, and C2-4alkynylene-NH2 and preferably wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci.4-alkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci.4-alkyl, NH-Ci.4-atkyl, N(Ci.4-alkyi)2,Ci.4-alkylene-OH, and Ci.4-alkylene-NH2.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12 wherein Rs and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-4-alkyl, Cn-alkyl-F, O-Ci.4-alkyl, and preferably wherein Rg and R9 are independently seiected from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl.
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13 wherein Rio 1s selected from the group consisting of H, Cr4-alkyl, Ci4-alkyl-F, and preferably wherein Riois selected from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14 wherein Ru and Ri2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ra, Ci^ alkyl, Ci.4-alkyl-F, Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Ci-4alky!ene-NH2,oralternatively, Ru and Ri2togetherwith the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclic group having 4 to 9 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S or form a heterocyclic spiro group having 7 to 11 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said heterocyclic or heterocyclic spiro group may be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups and wherein preferably Ru and
162
Ru are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, Rd, and Ci-4-alkyl, wherein R7 and
Rd are as specified in claim 1.
16. A compound according to any one of daims 1 to 15 wherein,
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Cm-alkyl, OR5, NRsRe, CM-alkylene-NRsRe, Ci-4-alkvlene-ORs, NH-CO-Ci-4-alkylene-Rs,NH-CO-NR5RSi NH-COORS, NHSO2-CM-alkylene-R5rC3.6cycioaIkyl, wherein said C1.4-alkyl and cycloalkyl may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, and preferably is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Cm -alkyl, OR5, NRsRa, Ci4-alkylene-NR5R6, Cr4-alkylene-ORs, C3-e -cycloalkyl, phenyl, and a heterocyclic group having 5 or 6 ring members and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms îndependently selected from N, O and S, wherein said Ci-4-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionally be substituted with 1-3 R? groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, Cm-alkyl, OR5, CM-alkylene-ORs, CN, NRsRs, Ci-4-alkylene-NRsRe, C3.6-cycloalkyl, wherein said Cm-alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, or heterocyclic group may optionalîy be substituted with 1-3 R7 groups, and preferably is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORS, Cm-alkyl, and NR5RS;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCw-alkyl, and preferably is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
Rsa, Rsb and R3c are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OH, NH2, and NHCm alkyl, and preferably are îndependently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, OH, and NH2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, OR5, CORio, OH, NH2, and NR5R6,and preferably is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, ORs, OH, NH2r and NR3Re;
R2 îs selected from the group consisting of H, F, Ci-4-alkyl, CM-alkenyl, C2-4-alkynyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci4-alkyl, NH-Ci-4-alkyl, N(CM-alkyl)2,Ci-4-alkylene-OH, and Cr4-alkylene-NH2, O-Ci-4-alkylene-OH, C2-4-alkynylene-OH, and C2-4-alkynylene-NH2, and preferably is selected from the group consisting of H, F, CM-alkyl, OH, NH2, O-Ci-4-alkyl, NH-CM-alkyl, N{CM-alkyl)2,CM-alkylene-OH, and Cmalkylene-NH2,
163
Rs and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cwalkyl, Cw-alkyl-F, and O-Ci-4-alkyf, and preferably are independently selected from the group consisting of H, and C1.4alkyl;
S R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, Cw-alkyI, and Cr4-alkyi-F, and preferably from the group consisting of H, and Ci-4-alkyl;
and,
15 group, PMB group, and DMB group.
OA1202200242 2019-12-19 2020-12-18 Novel compounds and their use. OA20727A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IBPCT/IB2019/061119 2019-12-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
OA20727A true OA20727A (en) 2022-12-30

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230159519A1 (en) Novel compounds and their use
WO2017197056A1 (en) Bromodomain targeting degronimers for target protein degradation
CN112312904A (en) Spiro compounds
KR102132574B1 (en) Tricyclic gyrase inhibitors
KR20180022833A (en) Antimicrobial compound
US11292791B2 (en) Tetrahydro-imidazo quinoline compositions as CBP/P300 inhibitors
AU2017382360A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods of use
JP5581221B2 (en) Substituted arylamidoxazepinopyrimidone derivatives
CN105051005A (en) Cyclopropanamine compound and use thereof
WO2015151490A1 (en) New tricyclic quinone derivative
TW201004952A (en) Substituted pyrimidin-4-one derivatives
WO2013044865A1 (en) Oxazolidinone antibiotics containing fused ring
TW200930703A (en) Quinolone derivative
EP3617195A1 (en) Novel tetrahydronaphthyl urea derivatives
CA3128946A1 (en) 3-amino-2-[2-(acylamino)pyridin-4-yl]-1,5,6,7-tetrahydro-4h-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one as csnk1 inhibitors
JP2013505254A (en) Novel compounds for the inhibition of protein kinases and their therapeutic use
CN106317072B (en) Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of mycobacterial infections and uses thereof
CN111479814A (en) Fused pyridines as H-PGDS inhibitors
CN101663276A (en) 2-aminopyridine derivatives useful as kinase inhibitors
US20230365554A1 (en) Substituted pyrrolo-pyridinone derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
JP2022506957A (en) Antibiotic compounds, methods of producing them, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use
OA20727A (en) Novel compounds and their use.
EP3287441A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound
WO2019089729A1 (en) Kinase inhibitors for the treatment of central and peripheral nervous system disorders
CA3090439A1 (en) Compound having bet inhibitory activity and preparation method and use therefor